1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
10 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
11 // variables in loops.
12 //
13 // There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
14 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
15 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
16 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
17 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
18 //
19 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
20 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
21 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
22 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
23 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
24 //
25 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
26 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
27 // particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
28 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
29 //
30 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
31 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
32 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
33 //
34 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
35 // dependence analysis!
36 //
37 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
38 //
39 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
40 //
41 //  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
42 //  of closed-form functions
43 //  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
44 //
45 //  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
46 //  Eugene V. Zima
47 //
48 //  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
49 //  Robert A. van Engelen
50 //
51 //  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
52 //  Robert A. van Engelen
53 //
54 //  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
55 //  induction variable substitution
56 //  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
57 //
58 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
59 
60 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
61 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/EquivalenceClasses.h"
66 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
67 #include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
68 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
69 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
70 #include "llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h"
71 #include "llvm/ADT/Sequence.h"
72 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
73 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
74 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
75 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
76 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
77 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
78 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
79 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
80 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
81 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
82 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionDivision.h"
83 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
84 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
85 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
86 #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
87 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
88 #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
89 #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
90 #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
91 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
92 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
93 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
94 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
95 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
96 #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
97 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
98 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
99 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
100 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
101 #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
102 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
103 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
104 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
105 #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
106 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
107 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
108 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
109 #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
110 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
111 #include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
112 #include "llvm/IR/User.h"
113 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
114 #include "llvm/IR/Verifier.h"
115 #include "llvm/InitializePasses.h"
116 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
117 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
118 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
119 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
120 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
121 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
122 #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
123 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
124 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
125 #include <algorithm>
126 #include <cassert>
127 #include <climits>
128 #include <cstddef>
129 #include <cstdint>
130 #include <cstdlib>
131 #include <map>
132 #include <memory>
133 #include <tuple>
134 #include <utility>
135 #include <vector>
136 
137 using namespace llvm;
138 
139 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
140 
141 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts,
142           "Number of trip counts computed with array length");
143 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed,
144           "Number of loops with predictable loop counts");
145 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed,
146           "Number of loops without predictable loop counts");
147 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
148           "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
149 
150 static cl::opt<unsigned>
151 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
152                         cl::ZeroOrMore,
153                         cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
154                                  "symbolically execute a constant "
155                                  "derived loop"),
156                         cl::init(100));
157 
158 // FIXME: Enable this with EXPENSIVE_CHECKS when the test suite is clean.
159 static cl::opt<bool> VerifySCEV(
160     "verify-scev", cl::Hidden,
161     cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
162 static cl::opt<bool> VerifySCEVStrict(
163     "verify-scev-strict", cl::Hidden,
164     cl::desc("Enable stricter verification with -verify-scev is passed"));
165 static cl::opt<bool>
166     VerifySCEVMap("verify-scev-maps", cl::Hidden,
167                   cl::desc("Verify no dangling value in ScalarEvolution's "
168                            "ExprValueMap (slow)"));
169 
170 static cl::opt<bool> VerifyIR(
171     "scev-verify-ir", cl::Hidden,
172     cl::desc("Verify IR correctness when making sensitive SCEV queries (slow)"),
173     cl::init(false));
174 
175 static cl::opt<unsigned> MulOpsInlineThreshold(
176     "scev-mulops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
177     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining multiplication operands into a SCEV"),
178     cl::init(32));
179 
180 static cl::opt<unsigned> AddOpsInlineThreshold(
181     "scev-addops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
182     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining addition operands into a SCEV"),
183     cl::init(500));
184 
185 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVCompareDepth(
186     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
187     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV complexity comparisons"),
188     cl::init(32));
189 
190 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth(
191     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-operations-implication-depth", cl::Hidden,
192     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV operations implication analysis"),
193     cl::init(2));
194 
195 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxValueCompareDepth(
196     "scalar-evolution-max-value-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
197     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive value complexity comparisons"),
198     cl::init(2));
199 
200 static cl::opt<unsigned>
201     MaxArithDepth("scalar-evolution-max-arith-depth", cl::Hidden,
202                   cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive arithmetics"),
203                   cl::init(32));
204 
205 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxConstantEvolvingDepth(
206     "scalar-evolution-max-constant-evolving-depth", cl::Hidden,
207     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive constant evolving"), cl::init(32));
208 
209 static cl::opt<unsigned>
210     MaxCastDepth("scalar-evolution-max-cast-depth", cl::Hidden,
211                  cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SExt/ZExt/Trunc"),
212                  cl::init(8));
213 
214 static cl::opt<unsigned>
215     MaxAddRecSize("scalar-evolution-max-add-rec-size", cl::Hidden,
216                   cl::desc("Max coefficients in AddRec during evolving"),
217                   cl::init(8));
218 
219 static cl::opt<unsigned>
220     HugeExprThreshold("scalar-evolution-huge-expr-threshold", cl::Hidden,
221                   cl::desc("Size of the expression which is considered huge"),
222                   cl::init(4096));
223 
224 static cl::opt<bool>
225 ClassifyExpressions("scalar-evolution-classify-expressions",
226     cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
227     cl::desc("When printing analysis, include information on every instruction"));
228 
229 static cl::opt<bool> UseExpensiveRangeSharpening(
230     "scalar-evolution-use-expensive-range-sharpening", cl::Hidden,
231     cl::init(false),
232     cl::desc("Use more powerful methods of sharpening expression ranges. May "
233              "be costly in terms of compile time"));
234 
235 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
236 //                           SCEV class definitions
237 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
238 
239 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
240 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
241 //
242 
243 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
244 LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void SCEV::dump() const {
245   print(dbgs());
246   dbgs() << '\n';
247 }
248 #endif
249 
250 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
251   switch (getSCEVType()) {
252   case scConstant:
253     cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
254     return;
255   case scPtrToInt: {
256     const SCEVPtrToIntExpr *PtrToInt = cast<SCEVPtrToIntExpr>(this);
257     const SCEV *Op = PtrToInt->getOperand();
258     OS << "(ptrtoint " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
259        << *PtrToInt->getType() << ")";
260     return;
261   }
262   case scTruncate: {
263     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this);
264     const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand();
265     OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
266        << *Trunc->getType() << ")";
267     return;
268   }
269   case scZeroExtend: {
270     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this);
271     const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand();
272     OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
273        << *ZExt->getType() << ")";
274     return;
275   }
276   case scSignExtend: {
277     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this);
278     const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand();
279     OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
280        << *SExt->getType() << ")";
281     return;
282   }
283   case scAddRecExpr: {
284     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this);
285     OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0);
286     for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
287       OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i);
288     OS << "}<";
289     if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
290       OS << "nuw><";
291     if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
292       OS << "nsw><";
293     if (AR->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
294         !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW)))
295       OS << "nw><";
296     AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
297     OS << ">";
298     return;
299   }
300   case scAddExpr:
301   case scMulExpr:
302   case scUMaxExpr:
303   case scSMaxExpr:
304   case scUMinExpr:
305   case scSMinExpr: {
306     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this);
307     const char *OpStr = nullptr;
308     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
309     case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break;
310     case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break;
311     case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break;
312     case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break;
313     case scUMinExpr:
314       OpStr = " umin ";
315       break;
316     case scSMinExpr:
317       OpStr = " smin ";
318       break;
319     default:
320       llvm_unreachable("There are no other nary expression types.");
321     }
322     OS << "(";
323     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
324          I != E; ++I) {
325       OS << **I;
326       if (std::next(I) != E)
327         OS << OpStr;
328     }
329     OS << ")";
330     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
331     case scAddExpr:
332     case scMulExpr:
333       if (NAry->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
334         OS << "<nuw>";
335       if (NAry->hasNoSignedWrap())
336         OS << "<nsw>";
337       break;
338     default:
339       // Nothing to print for other nary expressions.
340       break;
341     }
342     return;
343   }
344   case scUDivExpr: {
345     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this);
346     OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")";
347     return;
348   }
349   case scUnknown: {
350     const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this);
351     Type *AllocTy;
352     if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) {
353       OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
354       return;
355     }
356     if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) {
357       OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
358       return;
359     }
360 
361     Type *CTy;
362     Constant *FieldNo;
363     if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) {
364       OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", ";
365       FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false);
366       OS << ")";
367       return;
368     }
369 
370     // Otherwise just print it normally.
371     U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
372     return;
373   }
374   case scCouldNotCompute:
375     OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
376     return;
377   }
378   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
379 }
380 
381 Type *SCEV::getType() const {
382   switch (getSCEVType()) {
383   case scConstant:
384     return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType();
385   case scPtrToInt:
386   case scTruncate:
387   case scZeroExtend:
388   case scSignExtend:
389     return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType();
390   case scAddRecExpr:
391   case scMulExpr:
392   case scUMaxExpr:
393   case scSMaxExpr:
394   case scUMinExpr:
395   case scSMinExpr:
396     return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType();
397   case scAddExpr:
398     return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType();
399   case scUDivExpr:
400     return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType();
401   case scUnknown:
402     return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType();
403   case scCouldNotCompute:
404     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
405   }
406   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
407 }
408 
409 bool SCEV::isZero() const {
410   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
411     return SC->getValue()->isZero();
412   return false;
413 }
414 
415 bool SCEV::isOne() const {
416   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
417     return SC->getValue()->isOne();
418   return false;
419 }
420 
421 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
422   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
423     return SC->getValue()->isMinusOne();
424   return false;
425 }
426 
427 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
428   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this);
429   if (!Mul) return false;
430 
431   // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
432   const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0));
433   if (!SC) return false;
434 
435   // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
436   return SC->getAPInt().isNegative();
437 }
438 
439 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
440   SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute, 0) {}
441 
442 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
443   return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
444 }
445 
446 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
447   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
448   ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
449   ID.AddPointer(V);
450   void *IP = nullptr;
451   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
452   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
453   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
454   return S;
455 }
456 
457 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) {
458   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
459 }
460 
461 const SCEV *
462 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
463   IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
464   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
465 }
466 
467 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, SCEVTypes SCEVTy,
468                            const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
469     : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy, computeExpressionSize(op)), Ty(ty) {
470   Operands[0] = op;
471 }
472 
473 SCEVPtrToIntExpr::SCEVPtrToIntExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, const SCEV *Op,
474                                    Type *ITy)
475     : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scPtrToInt, Op, ITy) {
476   assert(getOperand()->getType()->isPointerTy() && Ty->isIntegerTy() &&
477          "Must be a non-bit-width-changing pointer-to-integer cast!");
478 }
479 
480 SCEVIntegralCastExpr::SCEVIntegralCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
481                                            SCEVTypes SCEVTy, const SCEV *op,
482                                            Type *ty)
483     : SCEVCastExpr(ID, SCEVTy, op, ty) {}
484 
485 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, const SCEV *op,
486                                    Type *ty)
487     : SCEVIntegralCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
488   assert(getOperand()->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
489          "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
490 }
491 
492 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
493                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
494     : SCEVIntegralCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
495   assert(getOperand()->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
496          "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
497 }
498 
499 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
500                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
501     : SCEVIntegralCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
502   assert(getOperand()->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
503          "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
504 }
505 
506 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
507   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
508   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
509 
510   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
511   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
512 
513   // Release the value.
514   setValPtr(nullptr);
515 }
516 
517 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) {
518   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
519   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
520 
521   // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed
522   // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to
523   // this SCEVUnknown.
524   setValPtr(New);
525 }
526 
527 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
528   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
529     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
530       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
531         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
532             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
533             CE->getNumOperands() == 2)
534           if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1)))
535             if (CI->isOne()) {
536               AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
537                                  ->getElementType();
538               return true;
539             }
540 
541   return false;
542 }
543 
544 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
545   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
546     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
547       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
548         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
549             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
550           Type *Ty =
551             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
552           if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty))
553             if (!STy->isPacked() &&
554                 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
555                 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
556               if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2)))
557                 if (CI->isOne() &&
558                     STy->getNumElements() == 2 &&
559                     STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) {
560                   AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1);
561                   return true;
562                 }
563             }
564         }
565 
566   return false;
567 }
568 
569 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const {
570   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
571     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
572       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
573         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
574             CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
575             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
576             CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
577           Type *Ty =
578             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
579           // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't
580           // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors.
581           if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) {
582             CTy = Ty;
583             FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2);
584             return true;
585           }
586         }
587 
588   return false;
589 }
590 
591 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
592 //                               SCEV Utilities
593 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
594 
595 /// Compare the two values \p LV and \p RV in terms of their "complexity" where
596 /// "complexity" is a partial (and somewhat ad-hoc) relation used to order
597 /// operands in SCEV expressions.  \p EqCache is a set of pairs of values that
598 /// have been previously deemed to be "equally complex" by this routine.  It is
599 /// intended to avoid exponential time complexity in cases like:
600 ///
601 ///   %a = f(%x, %y)
602 ///   %b = f(%a, %a)
603 ///   %c = f(%b, %b)
604 ///
605 ///   %d = f(%x, %y)
606 ///   %e = f(%d, %d)
607 ///   %f = f(%e, %e)
608 ///
609 ///   CompareValueComplexity(%f, %c)
610 ///
611 /// Since we do not continue running this routine on expression trees once we
612 /// have seen unequal values, there is no need to track them in the cache.
613 static int
614 CompareValueComplexity(EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> &EqCacheValue,
615                        const LoopInfo *const LI, Value *LV, Value *RV,
616                        unsigned Depth) {
617   if (Depth > MaxValueCompareDepth || EqCacheValue.isEquivalent(LV, RV))
618     return 0;
619 
620   // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander form
621   // GEPs.
622   bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(),
623        RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy();
624   if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
625     return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer;
626 
627   // Compare getValueID values.
628   unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), RID = RV->getValueID();
629   if (LID != RID)
630     return (int)LID - (int)RID;
631 
632   // Sort arguments by their position.
633   if (const auto *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) {
634     const auto *RA = cast<Argument>(RV);
635     unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo();
636     return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo;
637   }
638 
639   if (const auto *LGV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(LV)) {
640     const auto *RGV = cast<GlobalValue>(RV);
641 
642     const auto IsGVNameSemantic = [&](const GlobalValue *GV) {
643       auto LT = GV->getLinkage();
644       return !(GlobalValue::isPrivateLinkage(LT) ||
645                GlobalValue::isInternalLinkage(LT));
646     };
647 
648     // Use the names to distinguish the two values, but only if the
649     // names are semantically important.
650     if (IsGVNameSemantic(LGV) && IsGVNameSemantic(RGV))
651       return LGV->getName().compare(RGV->getName());
652   }
653 
654   // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand count.  This
655   // is pretty loose.
656   if (const auto *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) {
657     const auto *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV);
658 
659     // Compare loop depths.
660     const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(),
661                      *RParent = RInst->getParent();
662     if (LParent != RParent) {
663       unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent),
664                RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent);
665       if (LDepth != RDepth)
666         return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
667     }
668 
669     // Compare the number of operands.
670     unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(),
671              RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands();
672     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
673       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
674 
675     for (unsigned Idx : seq(0u, LNumOps)) {
676       int Result =
677           CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue, LI, LInst->getOperand(Idx),
678                                  RInst->getOperand(Idx), Depth + 1);
679       if (Result != 0)
680         return Result;
681     }
682   }
683 
684   EqCacheValue.unionSets(LV, RV);
685   return 0;
686 }
687 
688 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or greater
689 // than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive comparisons to be
690 // more efficient.
691 static int CompareSCEVComplexity(
692     EquivalenceClasses<const SCEV *> &EqCacheSCEV,
693     EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> &EqCacheValue,
694     const LoopInfo *const LI, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
695     DominatorTree &DT, unsigned Depth = 0) {
696   // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
697   if (LHS == RHS)
698     return 0;
699 
700   // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
701   SCEVTypes LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
702   if (LType != RType)
703     return (int)LType - (int)RType;
704 
705   if (Depth > MaxSCEVCompareDepth || EqCacheSCEV.isEquivalent(LHS, RHS))
706     return 0;
707   // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
708   // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
709   // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
710   switch (LType) {
711   case scUnknown: {
712     const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
713     const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
714 
715     int X = CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue, LI, LU->getValue(),
716                                    RU->getValue(), Depth + 1);
717     if (X == 0)
718       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
719     return X;
720   }
721 
722   case scConstant: {
723     const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS);
724     const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
725 
726     // Compare constant values.
727     const APInt &LA = LC->getAPInt();
728     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
729     unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth();
730     if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
731       return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth;
732     return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1;
733   }
734 
735   case scAddRecExpr: {
736     const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
737     const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
738 
739     // There is always a dominance between two recs that are used by one SCEV,
740     // so we can safely sort recs by loop header dominance. We require such
741     // order in getAddExpr.
742     const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop();
743     if (LLoop != RLoop) {
744       const BasicBlock *LHead = LLoop->getHeader(), *RHead = RLoop->getHeader();
745       assert(LHead != RHead && "Two loops share the same header?");
746       if (DT.dominates(LHead, RHead))
747         return 1;
748       else
749         assert(DT.dominates(RHead, LHead) &&
750                "No dominance between recurrences used by one SCEV?");
751       return -1;
752     }
753 
754     // Addrec complexity grows with operand count.
755     unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands();
756     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
757       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
758 
759     // Lexicographically compare.
760     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
761       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
762                                     LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i), DT,
763                                     Depth + 1);
764       if (X != 0)
765         return X;
766     }
767     EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
768     return 0;
769   }
770 
771   case scAddExpr:
772   case scMulExpr:
773   case scSMaxExpr:
774   case scUMaxExpr:
775   case scSMinExpr:
776   case scUMinExpr: {
777     const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS);
778     const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS);
779 
780     // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions.
781     unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands();
782     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
783       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
784 
785     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
786       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
787                                     LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i), DT,
788                                     Depth + 1);
789       if (X != 0)
790         return X;
791     }
792     EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
793     return 0;
794   }
795 
796   case scUDivExpr: {
797     const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS);
798     const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS);
799 
800     // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions.
801     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, LC->getLHS(),
802                                   RC->getLHS(), DT, Depth + 1);
803     if (X != 0)
804       return X;
805     X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, LC->getRHS(),
806                               RC->getRHS(), DT, Depth + 1);
807     if (X == 0)
808       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
809     return X;
810   }
811 
812   case scPtrToInt:
813   case scTruncate:
814   case scZeroExtend:
815   case scSignExtend: {
816     const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS);
817     const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS);
818 
819     // Compare cast expressions by operand.
820     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
821                                   LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand(), DT,
822                                   Depth + 1);
823     if (X == 0)
824       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
825     return X;
826   }
827 
828   case scCouldNotCompute:
829     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
830   }
831   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
832 }
833 
834 /// Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their complexity, and group
835 /// objects of the same complexity together by value.  When this routine is
836 /// finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are consecutive and that
837 /// complexity is monotonically increasing.
838 ///
839 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
840 /// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
841 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
842 /// land in memory.
843 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
844                               LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree &DT) {
845   if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
846 
847   EquivalenceClasses<const SCEV *> EqCacheSCEV;
848   EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> EqCacheValue;
849   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
850     // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
851     // Special case it.
852     const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1];
853     if (CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, RHS, LHS, DT) < 0)
854       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
855     return;
856   }
857 
858   // Do the rough sort by complexity.
859   llvm::stable_sort(Ops, [&](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
860     return CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, LHS, RHS, DT) <
861            0;
862   });
863 
864   // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
865   // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
866   // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
867   // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
868   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
869     const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
870     unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
871 
872     // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
873     // one, group them.
874     for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
875       if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
876         // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
877         std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
878         ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
879         if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
880       }
881     }
882   }
883 }
884 
885 /// Returns true if \p Ops contains a huge SCEV (the subtree of S contains at
886 /// least HugeExprThreshold nodes).
887 static bool hasHugeExpression(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
888   return any_of(Ops, [](const SCEV *S) {
889     return S->getExpressionSize() >= HugeExprThreshold;
890   });
891 }
892 
893 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
894 //                      Simple SCEV method implementations
895 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
896 
897 /// Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.  Assume, K > 0.
898 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
899                                        ScalarEvolution &SE,
900                                        Type *ResultTy) {
901   // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
902   if (K == 1)
903     return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
904 
905   // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
906   //
907   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
908   //
909   // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
910   // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
911   // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
912   // safe in modular arithmetic.
913   //
914   // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
915   // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
916   // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
917   // exponentiation:
918   //
919   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
920   //
921   // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
922   // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
923   // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
924   // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
925   // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
926   // width W.
927   //
928   // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
929   // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
930   // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
931   // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
932   // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
933   // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
934   //
935   // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
936   // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
937   // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
938   // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
939   //
940   // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
941   // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
942   // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
943   // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
944   // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
945   // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
946   // register width.
947   //
948   // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
949   // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
950   // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
951   // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
952   // much more complicated for K > 3.)
953 
954   // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
955   // but it probably doesn't matter.
956   if (K > 1000)
957     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
958 
959   unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
960 
961   // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
962   // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
963   // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
964   // W bits of the result.
965   APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
966   unsigned T = 1;
967   for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
968     APInt Mult(W, i);
969     unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros();
970     T += TwoFactors;
971     Mult.lshrInPlace(TwoFactors);
972     OddFactorial *= Mult;
973   }
974 
975   // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
976   unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
977 
978   // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
979   APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T);
980 
981   // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
982   // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
983   // K! / 2^T.
984   APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1);
985   APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1);
986   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
987   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W);
988 
989   // Calculate the product, at width T+W
990   IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
991                                                       CalculationBits);
992   const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
993   for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
994     const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
995     Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
996                              SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
997   }
998 
999   // Divide by 2^T
1000   const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
1001 
1002   // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
1003 
1004   return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
1005                        SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
1006 }
1007 
1008 /// Return the value of this chain of recurrences at the specified iteration
1009 /// number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by multiplying each element in the
1010 /// chain by the binomial coefficient corresponding to it.  In other words, we
1011 /// can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
1012 ///
1013 ///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
1014 ///
1015 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
1016 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
1017                                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
1018   const SCEV *Result = getStart();
1019   for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1020     // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
1021     // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
1022     // coefficient.
1023     const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType());
1024     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
1025       return Coeff;
1026 
1027     Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff));
1028   }
1029   return Result;
1030 }
1031 
1032 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1033 //                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
1034 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1035 
1036 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPtrToIntExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty,
1037                                              unsigned Depth) {
1038   assert(Ty->isIntegerTy() && "Target type must be an integer type!");
1039   assert(Depth <= 1 && "getPtrToIntExpr() should self-recurse at most once.");
1040 
1041   // We could be called with an integer-typed operands during SCEV rewrites.
1042   // Since the operand is an integer already, just perform zext/trunc/self cast.
1043   if (!Op->getType()->isPointerTy())
1044     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(Op, Ty);
1045 
1046   // What would be an ID for such a SCEV cast expression?
1047   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1048   ID.AddInteger(scPtrToInt);
1049   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1050 
1051   void *IP = nullptr;
1052 
1053   // Is there already an expression for such a cast?
1054   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
1055     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, Ty);
1056 
1057   // If not, is this expression something we can't reduce any further?
1058   if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(Op)) {
1059     // Create an explicit cast node.
1060     // We can reuse the existing insert position since if we get here,
1061     // we won't have made any changes which would invalidate it.
1062     Type *IntPtrTy = getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Op->getType());
1063     assert(getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(getEffectiveSCEVType(
1064                Op->getType())) == getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(IntPtrTy) &&
1065            "We can only model ptrtoint if SCEV's effective (integer) type is "
1066            "sufficiently wide to represent all possible pointer values.");
1067     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator)
1068         SCEVPtrToIntExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), Op, IntPtrTy);
1069     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1070     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1071     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, Ty);
1072   }
1073 
1074   assert(Depth == 0 &&
1075          "getPtrToIntExpr() should not self-recurse for non-SCEVUnknown's.");
1076 
1077   // Otherwise, we've got some expression that is more complex than just a
1078   // single SCEVUnknown. But we don't want to have a SCEVPtrToIntExpr of an
1079   // arbitrary expression, we want to have SCEVPtrToIntExpr of an SCEVUnknown
1080   // only, and the expressions must otherwise be integer-typed.
1081   // So sink the cast down to the SCEVUnknown's.
1082 
1083   /// The SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter takes a scalar evolution expression,
1084   /// which computes a pointer-typed value, and rewrites the whole expression
1085   /// tree so that *all* the computations are done on integers, and the only
1086   /// pointer-typed operands in the expression are SCEVUnknown.
1087   class SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter
1088       : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter> {
1089     using Base = SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter>;
1090 
1091   public:
1092     SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter(ScalarEvolution &SE) : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE) {}
1093 
1094     static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *Scev, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
1095       SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter Rewriter(SE);
1096       return Rewriter.visit(Scev);
1097     }
1098 
1099     const SCEV *visit(const SCEV *S) {
1100       Type *STy = S->getType();
1101       // If the expression is not pointer-typed, just keep it as-is.
1102       if (!STy->isPointerTy())
1103         return S;
1104       // Else, recursively sink the cast down into it.
1105       return Base::visit(S);
1106     }
1107 
1108     const SCEV *visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Expr) {
1109       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
1110       bool Changed = false;
1111       for (auto *Op : Expr->operands()) {
1112         Operands.push_back(visit(Op));
1113         Changed |= Op != Operands.back();
1114       }
1115       return !Changed ? Expr : SE.getAddExpr(Operands, Expr->getNoWrapFlags());
1116     }
1117 
1118     const SCEV *visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Expr) {
1119       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
1120       bool Changed = false;
1121       for (auto *Op : Expr->operands()) {
1122         Operands.push_back(visit(Op));
1123         Changed |= Op != Operands.back();
1124       }
1125       return !Changed ? Expr : SE.getMulExpr(Operands, Expr->getNoWrapFlags());
1126     }
1127 
1128     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
1129       Type *ExprPtrTy = Expr->getType();
1130       assert(ExprPtrTy->isPointerTy() &&
1131              "Should only reach pointer-typed SCEVUnknown's.");
1132       Type *ExprIntPtrTy = SE.getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(ExprPtrTy);
1133       return SE.getPtrToIntExpr(Expr, ExprIntPtrTy, /*Depth=*/1);
1134     }
1135   };
1136 
1137   // And actually perform the cast sinking.
1138   const SCEV *IntOp = SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter::rewrite(Op, *this);
1139   assert(IntOp->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1140          "We must have succeeded in sinking the cast, "
1141          "and ending up with an integer-typed expression!");
1142   return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(IntOp, Ty);
1143 }
1144 
1145 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty,
1146                                              unsigned Depth) {
1147   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1148          "This is not a truncating conversion!");
1149   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1150          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1151   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1152 
1153   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1154   ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
1155   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1156   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1157   void *IP = nullptr;
1158   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1159 
1160   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1161   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1162     return getConstant(
1163       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1164 
1165   // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
1166   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
1167     return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1168 
1169   // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1170   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1171     return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1172 
1173   // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1174   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1175     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1176 
1177   if (Depth > MaxCastDepth) {
1178     SCEV *S =
1179         new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), Op, Ty);
1180     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1181     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1182     return S;
1183   }
1184 
1185   // trunc(x1 + ... + xN) --> trunc(x1) + ... + trunc(xN) and
1186   // trunc(x1 * ... * xN) --> trunc(x1) * ... * trunc(xN),
1187   // if after transforming we have at most one truncate, not counting truncates
1188   // that replace other casts.
1189   if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Op) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1190     auto *CommOp = cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(Op);
1191     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1192     unsigned numTruncs = 0;
1193     for (unsigned i = 0, e = CommOp->getNumOperands(); i != e && numTruncs < 2;
1194          ++i) {
1195       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(CommOp->getOperand(i), Ty, Depth + 1);
1196       if (!isa<SCEVIntegralCastExpr>(CommOp->getOperand(i)) &&
1197           isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
1198         numTruncs++;
1199       Operands.push_back(S);
1200     }
1201     if (numTruncs < 2) {
1202       if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Op))
1203         return getAddExpr(Operands);
1204       else if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Op))
1205         return getMulExpr(Operands);
1206       else
1207         llvm_unreachable("Unexpected SCEV type for Op.");
1208     }
1209     // Although we checked in the beginning that ID is not in the cache, it is
1210     // possible that during recursion and different modification ID was inserted
1211     // into the cache. So if we find it, just return it.
1212     if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
1213       return S;
1214   }
1215 
1216   // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
1217   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
1218     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1219     for (const SCEV *Op : AddRec->operands())
1220       Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1221     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
1222   }
1223 
1224   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
1225   // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
1226   // made any changes which would invalidate it.
1227   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1228                                                  Op, Ty);
1229   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1230   addToLoopUseLists(S);
1231   return S;
1232 }
1233 
1234 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1235 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the
1236 // loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1237 static const SCEV *getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1238                                                  ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1239                                                  ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1240   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1241   if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1242     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
1243     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
1244                            SE->getSignedRangeMax(Step));
1245   }
1246   if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1247     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
1248     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1249                            SE->getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1250   }
1251   return nullptr;
1252 }
1253 
1254 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1255 // unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
1256 // not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1257 static const SCEV *getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1258                                                    ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1259                                                    ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1260   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1261   *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1262 
1263   return SE->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1264                          SE->getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1265 }
1266 
1267 namespace {
1268 
1269 struct ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1270   typedef const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy)(const SCEV *, Type *,
1271                                                           unsigned);
1272 };
1273 
1274 // Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow.
1275 template <typename ExtendOp> struct ExtendOpTraits {
1276   // Members present:
1277   //
1278   // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType;
1279   //
1280   // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1281   //
1282   // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1283   //                                           ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1284   //                                           ScalarEvolution *SE);
1285 };
1286 
1287 template <>
1288 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1289   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNSW;
1290 
1291   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1292 
1293   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1294                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1295                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1296     return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1297   }
1298 };
1299 
1300 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1301     SCEVSignExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr;
1302 
1303 template <>
1304 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1305   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNUW;
1306 
1307   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1308 
1309   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1310                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1311                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1312     return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1313   }
1314 };
1315 
1316 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1317     SCEVZeroExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr;
1318 
1319 } // end anonymous namespace
1320 
1321 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something
1322 // close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as
1323 // easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This
1324 // allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step +
1325 // Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the
1326 // expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
1327 // "sext/zext(PostIncAR)"
1328 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1329 static const SCEV *getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1330                                         ScalarEvolution *SE, unsigned Depth) {
1331   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1332   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1333 
1334   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1335   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1336   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
1337 
1338   // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
1339   const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start);
1340   if (!SA)
1341     return nullptr;
1342 
1343   // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
1344   // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
1345   // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list.
1346   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps;
1347   for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands())
1348     if (Op != Step)
1349       DiffOps.push_back(Op);
1350 
1351   if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands())
1352     return nullptr;
1353 
1354   // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` +
1355   // `Step`:
1356 
1357   // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment.
1358   auto PreStartFlags =
1359     ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(SA->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1360   const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, PreStartFlags);
1361   const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(
1362       SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
1363 
1364   // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies
1365   // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow".
1366   //
1367 
1368   const SCEV *BECount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1369   if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) &&
1370       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) && SE->isKnownPositive(BECount))
1371     return PreStart;
1372 
1373   // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
1374   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1375   Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1376   const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart =
1377       SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, WideTy, Depth),
1378                      (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Step, WideTy, Depth));
1379   if ((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Start, WideTy, Depth) == OperandExtendedStart) {
1380     if (PreAR && AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {
1381       // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW
1382       // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then
1383       // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`.  Cache this fact.
1384       SE->setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR), WrapType);
1385     }
1386     return PreStart;
1387   }
1388 
1389   // 3. Loop precondition.
1390   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1391   const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1392       ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE);
1393 
1394   if (OverflowLimit &&
1395       SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit))
1396     return PreStart;
1397 
1398   return nullptr;
1399 }
1400 
1401 // Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
1402 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1403 static const SCEV *getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1404                                         ScalarEvolution *SE,
1405                                         unsigned Depth) {
1406   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1407 
1408   const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForExtend<ExtendOpTy>(AR, Ty, SE, Depth);
1409   if (!PreStart)
1410     return (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStart(), Ty, Depth);
1411 
1412   return SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty,
1413                                              Depth),
1414                         (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, Ty, Depth));
1415 }
1416 
1417 // Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences.  A
1418 // motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it
1419 // does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`.
1420 //
1421 // Formally:
1422 //
1423 //     {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T
1424 //  => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T)
1425 //
1426 // If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow  ... (1)
1427 //
1428 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T)
1429 //
1430 // If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow  ... (2)
1431 //
1432 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T)
1433 //      == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)}
1434 //
1435 // If (S-T)+T does not overflow  ... (3)
1436 //
1437 //  RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)}
1438 //      == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS
1439 //
1440 // Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then
1441 //   Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)}
1442 //
1443 // (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T)
1444 // does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration.  Therefore we only need
1445 // to check for (1) and (2).
1446 //
1447 // In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T
1448 // is `Delta` (defined below).
1449 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1450 bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV *Start,
1451                                                 const SCEV *Step,
1452                                                 const Loop *L) {
1453   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1454 
1455   // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much
1456   // time here.  It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a
1457   // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute
1458   // `PreStart` below.
1459   const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1460   if (!StartC)
1461     return false;
1462 
1463   APInt StartAI = StartC->getAPInt();
1464 
1465   for (unsigned Delta : {-2, -1, 1, 2}) {
1466     const SCEV *PreStart = getConstant(StartAI - Delta);
1467 
1468     FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1469     ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
1470     ID.AddPointer(PreStart);
1471     ID.AddPointer(Step);
1472     ID.AddPointer(L);
1473     void *IP = nullptr;
1474     const auto *PreAR =
1475       static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
1476 
1477     // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because
1478     // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive.
1479     if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {  // proves (2)
1480       const SCEV *DeltaS = getConstant(StartC->getType(), Delta);
1481       ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
1482       const SCEV *Limit = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(
1483           DeltaS, &Pred, this);
1484       if (Limit && isKnownPredicate(Pred, PreAR, Limit))  // proves (1)
1485         return true;
1486     }
1487   }
1488 
1489   return false;
1490 }
1491 
1492 // Finds an integer D for an expression (C + x + y + ...) such that the top
1493 // level addition in (D + (C - D + x + y + ...)) would not wrap (signed or
1494 // unsigned) and the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x + y + ...) is
1495 // maximized, where C is the \p ConstantTerm, x, y, ... are arbitrary SCEVs, and
1496 // the (C + x + y + ...) expression is \p WholeAddExpr.
1497 static APInt extractConstantWithoutWrapping(ScalarEvolution &SE,
1498                                             const SCEVConstant *ConstantTerm,
1499                                             const SCEVAddExpr *WholeAddExpr) {
1500   const APInt &C = ConstantTerm->getAPInt();
1501   const unsigned BitWidth = C.getBitWidth();
1502   // Find number of trailing zeros of (x + y + ...) w/o the C first:
1503   uint32_t TZ = BitWidth;
1504   for (unsigned I = 1, E = WholeAddExpr->getNumOperands(); I < E && TZ; ++I)
1505     TZ = std::min(TZ, SE.GetMinTrailingZeros(WholeAddExpr->getOperand(I)));
1506   if (TZ) {
1507     // Set D to be as many least significant bits of C as possible while still
1508     // guaranteeing that adding D to (C - D + x + y + ...) won't cause a wrap:
1509     return TZ < BitWidth ? C.trunc(TZ).zext(BitWidth) : C;
1510   }
1511   return APInt(BitWidth, 0);
1512 }
1513 
1514 // Finds an integer D for an affine AddRec expression {C,+,x} such that the top
1515 // level addition in (D + {C-D,+,x}) would not wrap (signed or unsigned) and the
1516 // number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x * n) is maximized, where C is the \p
1517 // ConstantStart, x is an arbitrary \p Step, and n is the loop trip count.
1518 static APInt extractConstantWithoutWrapping(ScalarEvolution &SE,
1519                                             const APInt &ConstantStart,
1520                                             const SCEV *Step) {
1521   const unsigned BitWidth = ConstantStart.getBitWidth();
1522   const uint32_t TZ = SE.GetMinTrailingZeros(Step);
1523   if (TZ)
1524     return TZ < BitWidth ? ConstantStart.trunc(TZ).zext(BitWidth)
1525                          : ConstantStart;
1526   return APInt(BitWidth, 0);
1527 }
1528 
1529 const SCEV *
1530 ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1531   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1532          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1533   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1534          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1535   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1536 
1537   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1538   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1539     return getConstant(
1540       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1541 
1542   // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1543   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1544     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1545 
1546   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1547   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1548   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1549   ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
1550   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1551   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1552   void *IP = nullptr;
1553   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1554   if (Depth > MaxCastDepth) {
1555     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1556                                                      Op, Ty);
1557     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1558     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1559     return S;
1560   }
1561 
1562   // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1563   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1564     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
1565     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1566     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1567     ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X);
1568     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1569     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1570     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains(
1571             CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1572       return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty, Depth);
1573   }
1574 
1575   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1576   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
1577   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1578   // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1579   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1580     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1581       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1582       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1583       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1584       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1585 
1586       if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1587         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1588         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), NewFlags);
1589       }
1590 
1591       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1592       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1593       if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
1594         return getAddRecExpr(
1595             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1596             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1597 
1598       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1599       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1600       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1601       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1602       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1603       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1604       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1605       // that value once it has finished.
1606       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1607       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1608         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for overflow.
1609 
1610         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1611         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1612         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1613             getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType(), Depth);
1614         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = getTruncateOrZeroExtend(
1615             CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType(), Depth);
1616         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1617           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1618           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
1619           const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1620                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1621           const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul,
1622                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1623                                                           Depth + 1),
1624                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1625           const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1626           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1627             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1628           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1629             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1630                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1631                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1632                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1633                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1634           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1635             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1636             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1637             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1638             return getAddRecExpr(
1639                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1640                                                          Depth + 1),
1641                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1642                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1643           }
1644           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
1645           // This covers loops that count down.
1646           OperandExtendedAdd =
1647             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1648                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1649                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1650                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1651                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1652           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1653             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1654             // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1655             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNW);
1656             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1657             return getAddRecExpr(
1658                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1659                                                          Depth + 1),
1660                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1661                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1662           }
1663         }
1664       }
1665 
1666       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1667       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1668       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1669       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1670       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1671       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1672       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1673       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1674           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1675 
1676         auto NewFlags = proveNoUnsignedWrapViaInduction(AR);
1677         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), NewFlags);
1678         if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1679           // Same as nuw case above - duplicated here to avoid a compile time
1680           // issue.  It's not clear that the order of checks does matter, but
1681           // it's one of two issue possible causes for a change which was
1682           // reverted.  Be conservative for the moment.
1683           return getAddRecExpr(
1684                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1685                                                          Depth + 1),
1686                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1687                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1688         }
1689 
1690         // For a negative step, we can extend the operands iff doing so only
1691         // traverses values in the range zext([0,UINT_MAX]).
1692         if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1693           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1694                                       getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1695           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
1696               isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N)) {
1697             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this
1698             // AddRec.  Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it
1699             // still can't self-wrap.
1700             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNW);
1701             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1702             return getAddRecExpr(
1703                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1704                                                          Depth + 1),
1705                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1706                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1707           }
1708         }
1709       }
1710 
1711       // zext({C,+,Step}) --> (zext(D) + zext({C-D,+,Step}))<nuw><nsw>
1712       // if D + (C - D + Step * n) could be proven to not unsigned wrap
1713       // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + Step * n)
1714       if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start)) {
1715         const APInt &C = SC->getAPInt();
1716         const APInt &D = extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, C, Step);
1717         if (D != 0) {
1718           const SCEV *SZExtD = getZeroExtendExpr(getConstant(D), Ty, Depth);
1719           const SCEV *SResidual =
1720               getAddRecExpr(getConstant(C - D), Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1721           const SCEV *SZExtR = getZeroExtendExpr(SResidual, Ty, Depth + 1);
1722           return getAddExpr(SZExtD, SZExtR,
1723                             (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(SCEV::FlagNSW | SCEV::FlagNUW),
1724                             Depth + 1);
1725         }
1726       }
1727 
1728       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
1729         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1730         return getAddRecExpr(
1731             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1732             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1733       }
1734     }
1735 
1736   // zext(A % B) --> zext(A) % zext(B)
1737   {
1738     const SCEV *LHS;
1739     const SCEV *RHS;
1740     if (matchURem(Op, LHS, RHS))
1741       return getURemExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, Ty, Depth + 1),
1742                          getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, Ty, Depth + 1));
1743   }
1744 
1745   // zext(A / B) --> zext(A) / zext(B).
1746   if (auto *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op))
1747     return getUDivExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Div->getLHS(), Ty, Depth + 1),
1748                        getZeroExtendExpr(Div->getRHS(), Ty, Depth + 1));
1749 
1750   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1751     // zext((A + B + ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) + zext(B) + ...)<nuw>
1752     if (SA->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1753       // If the addition does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1754       // commute the zero extension with the addition operation.
1755       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1756       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1757         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1758       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1759     }
1760 
1761     // zext(C + x + y + ...) --> (zext(D) + zext((C - D) + x + y + ...))
1762     // if D + (C - D + x + y + ...) could be proven to not unsigned wrap
1763     // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x + y + ...)
1764     //
1765     // Often address arithmetics contain expressions like
1766     // (zext (add (shl X, C1), C2)), for instance, (zext (5 + (4 * X))).
1767     // This transformation is useful while proving that such expressions are
1768     // equal or differ by a small constant amount, see LoadStoreVectorizer pass.
1769     if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))) {
1770       const APInt &D = extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, SC, SA);
1771       if (D != 0) {
1772         const SCEV *SZExtD = getZeroExtendExpr(getConstant(D), Ty, Depth);
1773         const SCEV *SResidual =
1774             getAddExpr(getConstant(-D), SA, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth);
1775         const SCEV *SZExtR = getZeroExtendExpr(SResidual, Ty, Depth + 1);
1776         return getAddExpr(SZExtD, SZExtR,
1777                           (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(SCEV::FlagNSW | SCEV::FlagNUW),
1778                           Depth + 1);
1779       }
1780     }
1781   }
1782 
1783   if (auto *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1784     // zext((A * B * ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) * zext(B) * ...)<nuw>
1785     if (SM->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1786       // If the multiply does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1787       // commute the zero extension with the multiply operation.
1788       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1789       for (const auto *Op : SM->operands())
1790         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1791       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1792     }
1793 
1794     // zext(2^K * (trunc X to iN)) to iM ->
1795     // 2^K * (zext(trunc X to i{N-K}) to iM)<nuw>
1796     //
1797     // Proof:
1798     //
1799     //     zext(2^K * (trunc X to iN)) to iM
1800     //   = zext((trunc X to iN) << K) to iM
1801     //   = zext((trunc X to i{N-K}) << K)<nuw> to iM
1802     //     (because shl removes the top K bits)
1803     //   = zext((2^K * (trunc X to i{N-K}))<nuw>) to iM
1804     //   = (2^K * (zext(trunc X to i{N-K}) to iM))<nuw>.
1805     //
1806     if (SM->getNumOperands() == 2)
1807       if (auto *MulLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SM->getOperand(0)))
1808         if (MulLHS->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
1809           if (auto *TruncRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(SM->getOperand(1))) {
1810             int NewTruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(TruncRHS->getType()) -
1811                                MulLHS->getAPInt().logBase2();
1812             Type *NewTruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), NewTruncBits);
1813             return getMulExpr(
1814                 getZeroExtendExpr(MulLHS, Ty),
1815                 getZeroExtendExpr(
1816                     getTruncateExpr(TruncRHS->getOperand(), NewTruncTy), Ty),
1817                 SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1818           }
1819   }
1820 
1821   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1822   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1823   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1824   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1825                                                    Op, Ty);
1826   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1827   addToLoopUseLists(S);
1828   return S;
1829 }
1830 
1831 const SCEV *
1832 ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1833   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1834          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1835   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1836          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1837   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1838 
1839   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1840   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1841     return getConstant(
1842       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1843 
1844   // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
1845   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1846     return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1847 
1848   // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1849   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1850     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1851 
1852   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1853   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1854   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1855   ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
1856   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1857   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1858   void *IP = nullptr;
1859   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1860   // Limit recursion depth.
1861   if (Depth > MaxCastDepth) {
1862     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1863                                                      Op, Ty);
1864     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1865     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1866     return S;
1867   }
1868 
1869   // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1870   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1871     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
1872     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1873     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1874     ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X);
1875     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1876     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1877     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains(
1878             CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1879       return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty, Depth);
1880   }
1881 
1882   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1883     // sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
1884     if (SA->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1885       // If the addition does not sign overflow then we can, by definition,
1886       // commute the sign extension with the addition operation.
1887       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1888       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1889         Ops.push_back(getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1890       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNSW, Depth + 1);
1891     }
1892 
1893     // sext(C + x + y + ...) --> (sext(D) + sext((C - D) + x + y + ...))
1894     // if D + (C - D + x + y + ...) could be proven to not signed wrap
1895     // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x + y + ...)
1896     //
1897     // For instance, this will bring two seemingly different expressions:
1898     //     1 + sext(5 + 20 * %x + 24 * %y)  and
1899     //         sext(6 + 20 * %x + 24 * %y)
1900     // to the same form:
1901     //     2 + sext(4 + 20 * %x + 24 * %y)
1902     if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))) {
1903       const APInt &D = extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, SC, SA);
1904       if (D != 0) {
1905         const SCEV *SSExtD = getSignExtendExpr(getConstant(D), Ty, Depth);
1906         const SCEV *SResidual =
1907             getAddExpr(getConstant(-D), SA, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth);
1908         const SCEV *SSExtR = getSignExtendExpr(SResidual, Ty, Depth + 1);
1909         return getAddExpr(SSExtD, SSExtR,
1910                           (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(SCEV::FlagNSW | SCEV::FlagNUW),
1911                           Depth + 1);
1912       }
1913     }
1914   }
1915   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1916   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
1917   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1918   // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1919   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1920     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1921       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1922       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1923       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1924       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1925 
1926       if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1927         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1928         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), NewFlags);
1929       }
1930 
1931       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1932       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1933       if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
1934         return getAddRecExpr(
1935             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1936             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, SCEV::FlagNSW);
1937 
1938       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1939       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1940       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1941       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1942       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1943       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1944       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1945       // that value once it has finished.
1946       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1947       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1948         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1949         // overflow.
1950 
1951         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1952         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1953         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1954             getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType(), Depth);
1955         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = getTruncateOrZeroExtend(
1956             CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType(), Depth);
1957         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1958           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1959           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
1960           const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1961                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1962           const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul,
1963                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1964                                                           Depth + 1),
1965                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1966           const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1967           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1968             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1969           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1970             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1971                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1972                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1973                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1974                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1975           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1976             // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1977             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNSW);
1978             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1979             return getAddRecExpr(
1980                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1981                                                          Depth + 1),
1982                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1983                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1984           }
1985           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
1986           // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
1987           OperandExtendedAdd =
1988             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1989                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1990                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1991                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1992                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1993           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1994             // If AR wraps around then
1995             //
1996             //    abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType())
1997             // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd
1998             //
1999             // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=>
2000             // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW)
2001 
2002             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNW);
2003 
2004             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
2005             return getAddRecExpr(
2006                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
2007                                                          Depth + 1),
2008                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
2009                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2010           }
2011         }
2012       }
2013 
2014       auto NewFlags = proveNoSignedWrapViaInduction(AR);
2015       setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), NewFlags);
2016       if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
2017         // Same as nsw case above - duplicated here to avoid a compile time
2018         // issue.  It's not clear that the order of checks does matter, but
2019         // it's one of two issue possible causes for a change which was
2020         // reverted.  Be conservative for the moment.
2021         return getAddRecExpr(
2022             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
2023             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2024       }
2025 
2026       // sext({C,+,Step}) --> (sext(D) + sext({C-D,+,Step}))<nuw><nsw>
2027       // if D + (C - D + Step * n) could be proven to not signed wrap
2028       // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + Step * n)
2029       if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start)) {
2030         const APInt &C = SC->getAPInt();
2031         const APInt &D = extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, C, Step);
2032         if (D != 0) {
2033           const SCEV *SSExtD = getSignExtendExpr(getConstant(D), Ty, Depth);
2034           const SCEV *SResidual =
2035               getAddRecExpr(getConstant(C - D), Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2036           const SCEV *SSExtR = getSignExtendExpr(SResidual, Ty, Depth + 1);
2037           return getAddExpr(SSExtD, SSExtR,
2038                             (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(SCEV::FlagNSW | SCEV::FlagNUW),
2039                             Depth + 1);
2040         }
2041       }
2042 
2043       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
2044         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNSW);
2045         return getAddRecExpr(
2046             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
2047             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2048       }
2049     }
2050 
2051   // If the input value is provably positive and we could not simplify
2052   // away the sext build a zext instead.
2053   if (isKnownNonNegative(Op))
2054     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1);
2055 
2056   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
2057   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
2058   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
2059   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2060                                                    Op, Ty);
2061   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2062   addToLoopUseLists(S);
2063   return S;
2064 }
2065 
2066 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
2067 /// unspecified bits out to the given type.
2068 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
2069                                               Type *Ty) {
2070   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
2071          "This is not an extending conversion!");
2072   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
2073          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
2074   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
2075 
2076   // Sign-extend negative constants.
2077   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
2078     if (SC->getAPInt().isNegative())
2079       return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2080 
2081   // Peel off a truncate cast.
2082   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
2083     const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
2084     if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
2085       return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
2086     return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
2087   }
2088 
2089   // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2090   const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2091   if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
2092     return ZExt;
2093 
2094   // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2095   const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2096   if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
2097     return SExt;
2098 
2099   // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
2100   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
2101     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
2102     for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
2103       Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty));
2104     return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2105   }
2106 
2107   // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
2108   if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
2109     return SExt;
2110 
2111   // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
2112   return ZExt;
2113 }
2114 
2115 /// Process the given Ops list, which is a list of operands to be added under
2116 /// the given scale, update the given map. This is a helper function for
2117 /// getAddRecExpr. As an example of what it does, given a sequence of operands
2118 /// that would form an add expression like this:
2119 ///
2120 ///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
2121 ///
2122 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
2123 ///
2124 ///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
2125 ///
2126 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
2127 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
2128 ///
2129 ///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
2130 ///
2131 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
2132 /// the original operand list.
2133 ///
2134 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
2135 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
2136 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
2137 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
2138 static bool
2139 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M,
2140                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps,
2141                              APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
2142                              const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands,
2143                              const APInt &Scale,
2144                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
2145   bool Interesting = false;
2146 
2147   // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
2148   unsigned i = 0;
2149   while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2150     ++i;
2151     // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
2152     if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
2153       Interesting = true;
2154     AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getAPInt();
2155   }
2156 
2157   // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
2158   // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
2159   for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) {
2160     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
2161     if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
2162       APInt NewScale =
2163           Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2164       if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
2165         // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
2166         const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
2167         Interesting |=
2168           CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2169                                        Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(),
2170                                        NewScale, SE);
2171       } else {
2172         // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
2173         // the map.
2174         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end());
2175         const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
2176         auto Pair = M.insert({Key, NewScale});
2177         if (Pair.second) {
2178           NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2179         } else {
2180           Pair.first->second += NewScale;
2181           // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2182           // a folding opportunity.
2183           Interesting = true;
2184         }
2185       }
2186     } else {
2187       // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
2188       std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
2189           M.insert({Ops[i], Scale});
2190       if (Pair.second) {
2191         NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2192       } else {
2193         Pair.first->second += Scale;
2194         // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2195         // a folding opportunity.
2196         Interesting = true;
2197       }
2198     }
2199   }
2200 
2201   return Interesting;
2202 }
2203 
2204 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
2205 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior.  Infer a more aggressive set of
2206 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
2207 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
2208 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type,
2209                       const ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops,
2210                       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2211   using namespace std::placeholders;
2212 
2213   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
2214 
2215   bool CanAnalyze =
2216       Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr;
2217   (void)CanAnalyze;
2218   assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!");
2219 
2220   int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW;
2221   SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap =
2222       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2223 
2224   // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
2225   auto IsKnownNonNegative = [&](const SCEV *S) {
2226     return SE->isKnownNonNegative(S);
2227   };
2228 
2229   if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && all_of(Ops, IsKnownNonNegative))
2230     Flags =
2231         ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask);
2232 
2233   SignOrUnsignWrap = ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2234 
2235   if (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask &&
2236       (Type == scAddExpr || Type == scMulExpr) && Ops.size() == 2 &&
2237       isa<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2238 
2239     auto Opcode = [&] {
2240       switch (Type) {
2241       case scAddExpr:
2242         return Instruction::Add;
2243       case scMulExpr:
2244         return Instruction::Mul;
2245       default:
2246         llvm_unreachable("Unexpected SCEV op.");
2247       }
2248     }();
2249 
2250     const APInt &C = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getAPInt();
2251 
2252     // (A <opcode> C) --> (A <opcode> C)<nsw> if the op doesn't sign overflow.
2253     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
2254       auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2255           Opcode, C, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
2256       if (NSWRegion.contains(SE->getSignedRange(Ops[1])))
2257         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2258     }
2259 
2260     // (A <opcode> C) --> (A <opcode> C)<nuw> if the op doesn't unsign overflow.
2261     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNUW)) {
2262       auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2263           Opcode, C, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
2264       if (NUWRegion.contains(SE->getUnsignedRange(Ops[1])))
2265         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2266     }
2267   }
2268 
2269   return Flags;
2270 }
2271 
2272 bool ScalarEvolution::isAvailableAtLoopEntry(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
2273   return isLoopInvariant(S, L) && properlyDominates(S, L->getHeader());
2274 }
2275 
2276 /// Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if possible.
2277 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2278                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OrigFlags,
2279                                         unsigned Depth) {
2280   assert(!(OrigFlags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) &&
2281          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2282   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
2283   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2284 #ifndef NDEBUG
2285   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2286   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2287     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2288            "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
2289 #endif
2290 
2291   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2292   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2293 
2294   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2295   unsigned Idx = 0;
2296   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2297     ++Idx;
2298     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
2299     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2300       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2301       Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getAPInt() + RHSC->getAPInt());
2302       if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
2303       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2304       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2305     }
2306 
2307     // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
2308     if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
2309       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2310       --Idx;
2311     }
2312 
2313     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2314   }
2315 
2316   // Delay expensive flag strengthening until necessary.
2317   auto ComputeFlags = [this, OrigFlags](const ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
2318     return StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, OrigFlags);
2319   };
2320 
2321   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2322   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth || hasHugeExpression(Ops))
2323     return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, ComputeFlags(Ops));
2324 
2325   if (SCEV *S = std::get<0>(findExistingSCEVInCache(scAddExpr, Ops))) {
2326     // Don't strengthen flags if we have no new information.
2327     SCEVAddExpr *Add = static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(S);
2328     if (Add->getNoWrapFlags(OrigFlags) != OrigFlags)
2329       Add->setNoWrapFlags(ComputeFlags(Ops));
2330     return S;
2331   }
2332 
2333   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
2334   // once.  If so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we
2335   // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
2336   Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
2337   bool FoundMatch = false;
2338   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i)
2339     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
2340       // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
2341       unsigned Count = 2;
2342       while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i])
2343         ++Count;
2344       // Merge the values into a multiply.
2345       const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count);
2346       const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i], SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2347       if (Ops.size() == Count)
2348         return Mul;
2349       Ops[i] = Mul;
2350       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count);
2351       --i; e -= Count - 1;
2352       FoundMatch = true;
2353     }
2354   if (FoundMatch)
2355     return getAddExpr(Ops, OrigFlags, Depth + 1);
2356 
2357   // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
2358   // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
2359   // folded. eg., n*trunc(x) + m*trunc(y) --> trunc(trunc(m)*x + trunc(n)*y)
2360   // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
2361   auto FindTruncSrcType = [&]() -> Type * {
2362     // We're ultimately looking to fold an addrec of truncs and muls of only
2363     // constants and truncs, so if we find any other types of SCEV
2364     // as operands of the addrec then we bail and return nullptr here.
2365     // Otherwise, we return the type of the operand of a trunc that we find.
2366     if (auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]))
2367       return T->getOperand()->getType();
2368     if (const auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2369       const auto *LastOp = Mul->getOperand(Mul->getNumOperands() - 1);
2370       if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(LastOp))
2371         return T->getOperand()->getType();
2372     }
2373     return nullptr;
2374   };
2375   if (auto *SrcType = FindTruncSrcType()) {
2376     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
2377     bool Ok = true;
2378     // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
2379     // source type of the truncate.
2380     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2381       if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2382         if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2383           Ok = false;
2384           break;
2385         }
2386         LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2387       } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2388         LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2389       } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2390         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
2391         for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
2392           if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
2393                 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2394             if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2395               Ok = false;
2396               break;
2397             }
2398             LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2399           } else if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2400             LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2401           } else {
2402             Ok = false;
2403             break;
2404           }
2405         }
2406         if (Ok)
2407           LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2408       } else {
2409         Ok = false;
2410         break;
2411       }
2412     }
2413     if (Ok) {
2414       // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
2415       const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2416       // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
2417       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
2418         return getTruncateExpr(Fold, Ty);
2419     }
2420   }
2421 
2422   // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
2423   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
2424     ++Idx;
2425 
2426   // If there are add operands they would be next.
2427   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2428     bool DeletedAdd = false;
2429     while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2430       if (Ops.size() > AddOpsInlineThreshold ||
2431           Add->getNumOperands() > AddOpsInlineThreshold)
2432         break;
2433       // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
2434       // list.
2435       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2436       Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end());
2437       DeletedAdd = true;
2438     }
2439 
2440     // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
2441     // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
2442     // any operands we just acquired.
2443     if (DeletedAdd)
2444       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2445   }
2446 
2447   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2448   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2449     ++Idx;
2450 
2451   // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
2452   // operands multiplied by constant values.
2453   if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2454     uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
2455     DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M;
2456     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
2457     APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
2458     if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2459                                      Ops.data(), Ops.size(),
2460                                      APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
2461       struct APIntCompare {
2462         bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
2463           return LHS.ult(RHS);
2464         }
2465       };
2466 
2467       // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
2468       // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
2469       // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
2470       std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
2471       for (const SCEV *NewOp : NewOps)
2472         MulOpLists[M.find(NewOp)->second].push_back(NewOp);
2473       // Re-generate the operands list.
2474       Ops.clear();
2475       if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
2476         Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
2477       for (auto &MulOp : MulOpLists)
2478         if (MulOp.first != 0)
2479           Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(
2480               getConstant(MulOp.first),
2481               getAddExpr(MulOp.second, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2482               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2483       if (Ops.empty())
2484         return getZero(Ty);
2485       if (Ops.size() == 1)
2486         return Ops[0];
2487       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2488     }
2489   }
2490 
2491   // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
2492   // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
2493   // the multiply.
2494   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2495     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2496     for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
2497       const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
2498       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV))
2499         continue;
2500       for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
2501         if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) {
2502           // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
2503           const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2504           if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2505             // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
2506             // Y*Z term.
2507             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2508                                                 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2509             MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2510             InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2511           }
2512           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {getOne(Ty), InnerMul};
2513           const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2514           const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV,
2515                                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2516           if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2517           if (AddOp < Idx) {
2518             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
2519             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
2520           } else {
2521             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2522             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
2523           }
2524           Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2525           return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2526         }
2527 
2528       // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
2529       for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
2530            OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2531            ++OtherMulIdx) {
2532         const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2533         // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
2534         // together.
2535         for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
2536              OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
2537           if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
2538             // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
2539             const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2540             if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2541               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2542                                                   Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2543               MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2544               InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2545             }
2546             const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
2547             if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2548               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(),
2549                                                   OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp);
2550               MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end());
2551               InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2552             }
2553             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {InnerMul1, InnerMul2};
2554             const SCEV *InnerMulSum =
2555                 getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2556             const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum,
2557                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2558             if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2559             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2560             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
2561             Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2562             return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2563           }
2564       }
2565     }
2566   }
2567 
2568   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2569   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2570   // recurrence.
2571   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2572     ++Idx;
2573 
2574   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2575   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2576     // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
2577     // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2578     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2579     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2580     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2581     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2582       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2583         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2584         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2585         --i; --e;
2586       }
2587 
2588     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2589     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2590       // Compute nowrap flags for the addition of the loop-invariant ops and
2591       // the addrec. Temporarily push it as an operand for that purpose.
2592       LIOps.push_back(AddRec);
2593       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = ComputeFlags(LIOps);
2594       LIOps.pop_back();
2595 
2596       //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
2597       LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
2598 
2599       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2600                                              AddRec->op_end());
2601       // This follows from the fact that the no-wrap flags on the outer add
2602       // expression are applicable on the 0th iteration, when the add recurrence
2603       // will be equal to its start value.
2604       AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2605 
2606       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2607       // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2608       // Always propagate NW.
2609       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2610       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2611 
2612       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2613       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2614 
2615       // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2616       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2617         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2618           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2619           break;
2620         }
2621       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2622     }
2623 
2624     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2625     // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2626     // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
2627     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2628          OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2629          ++OtherIdx) {
2630       // We expect the AddRecExpr's to be sorted in reverse dominance order,
2631       // so that the 1st found AddRecExpr is dominated by all others.
2632       assert(DT.dominates(
2633            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()->getHeader(),
2634            AddRec->getLoop()->getHeader()) &&
2635         "AddRecExprs are not sorted in reverse dominance order?");
2636       if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) {
2637         // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L>  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
2638         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2639                                                AddRec->op_end());
2640         for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2641              ++OtherIdx) {
2642           const auto *OtherAddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2643           if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) {
2644             for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands();
2645                  i != e; ++i) {
2646               if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) {
2647                 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i,
2648                                  OtherAddRec->op_end());
2649                 break;
2650               }
2651               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {
2652                   AddRecOps[i], OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)};
2653               AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2654             }
2655             Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2656           }
2657         }
2658         // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
2659         Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2660         return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2661       }
2662     }
2663 
2664     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2665     // next one.
2666   }
2667 
2668   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
2669   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2670   return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, ComputeFlags(Ops));
2671 }
2672 
2673 const SCEV *
2674 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddExpr(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops,
2675                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2676   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2677   ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
2678   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
2679     ID.AddPointer(Op);
2680   void *IP = nullptr;
2681   SCEVAddExpr *S =
2682       static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2683   if (!S) {
2684     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2685     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2686     S = new (SCEVAllocator)
2687         SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), O, Ops.size());
2688     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2689     addToLoopUseLists(S);
2690   }
2691   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2692   return S;
2693 }
2694 
2695 const SCEV *
2696 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddRecExpr(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops,
2697                                        const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2698   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2699   ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
2700   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2701     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2702   ID.AddPointer(L);
2703   void *IP = nullptr;
2704   SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
2705       static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2706   if (!S) {
2707     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2708     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2709     S = new (SCEVAllocator)
2710         SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), O, Ops.size(), L);
2711     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2712     addToLoopUseLists(S);
2713   }
2714   setNoWrapFlags(S, Flags);
2715   return S;
2716 }
2717 
2718 const SCEV *
2719 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateMulExpr(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops,
2720                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2721   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2722   ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
2723   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2724     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2725   void *IP = nullptr;
2726   SCEVMulExpr *S =
2727     static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2728   if (!S) {
2729     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2730     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2731     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2732                                         O, Ops.size());
2733     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2734     addToLoopUseLists(S);
2735   }
2736   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2737   return S;
2738 }
2739 
2740 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) {
2741   uint64_t k = i*j;
2742   if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true;
2743   return k;
2744 }
2745 
2746 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient.  If an
2747 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
2748 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
2749 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) {
2750   // We use the multiplicative formula:
2751   //     n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
2752   // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
2753   // (k-n)th term of the denominator.  This division will always produce an
2754   // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
2755   // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
2756   // final result would fit.
2757 
2758   if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1;
2759   if (k > n) return 0;
2760 
2761   if (k > n/2)
2762     k = n-k;
2763 
2764   uint64_t r = 1;
2765   for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) {
2766     r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow);
2767     r /= i;
2768   }
2769   return r;
2770 }
2771 
2772 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
2773 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
2774 static bool containsConstantInAddMulChain(const SCEV *StartExpr) {
2775   struct FindConstantInAddMulChain {
2776     bool FoundConstant = false;
2777 
2778     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
2779       FoundConstant |= isa<SCEVConstant>(S);
2780       return isa<SCEVAddExpr>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
2781     }
2782 
2783     bool isDone() const {
2784       return FoundConstant;
2785     }
2786   };
2787 
2788   FindConstantInAddMulChain F;
2789   SCEVTraversal<FindConstantInAddMulChain> ST(F);
2790   ST.visitAll(StartExpr);
2791   return F.FoundConstant;
2792 }
2793 
2794 /// Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if possible.
2795 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2796                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OrigFlags,
2797                                         unsigned Depth) {
2798   assert(OrigFlags == maskFlags(OrigFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
2799          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2800   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
2801   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2802 #ifndef NDEBUG
2803   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2804   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2805     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2806            "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
2807 #endif
2808 
2809   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2810   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2811 
2812   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2813   unsigned Idx = 0;
2814   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2815     ++Idx;
2816     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
2817     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2818       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2819       Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getAPInt() * RHSC->getAPInt());
2820       if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
2821       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2822       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2823     }
2824 
2825     // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
2826     if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero())
2827       return LHSC;
2828 
2829     // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
2830     if (LHSC->getValue()->isOne()) {
2831       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2832       --Idx;
2833     }
2834 
2835     if (Ops.size() == 1)
2836       return Ops[0];
2837   }
2838 
2839   // Delay expensive flag strengthening until necessary.
2840   auto ComputeFlags = [this, OrigFlags](const ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
2841     return StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, OrigFlags);
2842   };
2843 
2844   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2845   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth || hasHugeExpression(Ops))
2846     return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, ComputeFlags(Ops));
2847 
2848   if (SCEV *S = std::get<0>(findExistingSCEVInCache(scMulExpr, Ops))) {
2849     // Don't strengthen flags if we have no new information.
2850     SCEVMulExpr *Mul = static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(S);
2851     if (Mul->getNoWrapFlags(OrigFlags) != OrigFlags)
2852       Mul->setNoWrapFlags(ComputeFlags(Ops));
2853     return S;
2854   }
2855 
2856   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2857     if (Ops.size() == 2) {
2858       // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
2859       if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
2860         // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant, apply this
2861         // transformation as well.
2862         //
2863         // TODO: There are some cases where this transformation is not
2864         // profitable; for example, Add = (C0 + X) * Y + Z.  Maybe the scope of
2865         // this transformation should be narrowed down.
2866         if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2 && containsConstantInAddMulChain(Add))
2867           return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0),
2868                                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2869                             getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1),
2870                                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2871                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2872 
2873       if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
2874         // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
2875         // add operands.
2876         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2877           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2878           bool AnyFolded = false;
2879           for (const SCEV *AddOp : Add->operands()) {
2880             const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2881                                          Depth + 1);
2882             if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
2883             NewOps.push_back(Mul);
2884           }
2885           if (AnyFolded)
2886             return getAddExpr(NewOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2887         } else if (const auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2888           // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
2889           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2890           for (const SCEV *AddRecOp : AddRec->operands())
2891             Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddRecOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2892                                           Depth + 1));
2893 
2894           return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(),
2895                                AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
2896         }
2897       }
2898     }
2899   }
2900 
2901   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2902   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2903     ++Idx;
2904 
2905   // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
2906   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2907     bool DeletedMul = false;
2908     while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2909       if (Ops.size() > MulOpsInlineThreshold)
2910         break;
2911       // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the
2912       // operands list.
2913       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2914       Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
2915       DeletedMul = true;
2916     }
2917 
2918     // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the
2919     // list, and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and
2920     // resimplify any operands we just acquired.
2921     if (DeletedMul)
2922       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2923   }
2924 
2925   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2926   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2927   // recurrence.
2928   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2929     ++Idx;
2930 
2931   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2932   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2933     // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector
2934     // if they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2935     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2936     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2937     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2938     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2939       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2940         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2941         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2942         --i; --e;
2943       }
2944 
2945     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2946     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2947       //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
2948       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2949       NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
2950       const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2951       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2952         NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i),
2953                                     SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2954 
2955       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2956       // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2957       //
2958       // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but
2959       // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true.
2960       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = ComputeFlags({Scale, AddRec});
2961       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(
2962           NewOps, AddRecLoop, AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(Flags));
2963 
2964       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2965       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2966 
2967       // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2968       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2969         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2970           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2971           break;
2972         }
2973       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2974     }
2975 
2976     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see
2977     // if there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable
2978     // being multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
2979 
2980     // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
2981     // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
2982     //       choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
2983     //   ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
2984     // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
2985     // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
2986     //
2987     // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
2988     // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
2989     // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
2990     bool OpsModified = false;
2991     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2992          OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2993          ++OtherIdx) {
2994       const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
2995         dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2996       if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop)
2997         continue;
2998 
2999       // Limit max number of arguments to avoid creation of unreasonably big
3000       // SCEVAddRecs with very complex operands.
3001       if (AddRec->getNumOperands() + OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1 >
3002           MaxAddRecSize || hasHugeExpression({AddRec, OtherAddRec}))
3003         continue;
3004 
3005       bool Overflow = false;
3006       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
3007       bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64;
3008       SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps;
3009       for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() +
3010              OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) {
3011         SmallVector <const SCEV *, 7> SumOps;
3012         for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) {
3013           uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow);
3014           for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1),
3015                  ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands());
3016                z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) {
3017             uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow);
3018             uint64_t Coeff;
3019             if (LargerThan64Bits)
3020               Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow);
3021             else
3022               Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2;
3023             const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff);
3024             const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z);
3025             const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z);
3026             SumOps.push_back(getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1, Term2,
3027                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
3028           }
3029         }
3030         if (SumOps.empty())
3031           SumOps.push_back(getZero(Ty));
3032         AddRecOps.push_back(getAddExpr(SumOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
3033       }
3034       if (!Overflow) {
3035         const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop,
3036                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
3037         if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
3038         Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec;
3039         Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
3040         OpsModified = true;
3041         AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec);
3042         if (!AddRec)
3043           break;
3044       }
3045     }
3046     if (OpsModified)
3047       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3048 
3049     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
3050     // next one.
3051   }
3052 
3053   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
3054   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3055   return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, ComputeFlags(Ops));
3056 }
3057 
3058 /// Represents an unsigned remainder expression based on unsigned division.
3059 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getURemExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3060                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3061   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
3062          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3063          "SCEVURemExpr operand types don't match!");
3064 
3065   // Short-circuit easy cases
3066   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3067     // If constant is one, the result is trivial
3068     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3069       return getZero(LHS->getType()); // X urem 1 --> 0
3070 
3071     // If constant is a power of two, fold into a zext(trunc(LHS)).
3072     if (RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2()) {
3073       Type *FullTy = LHS->getType();
3074       Type *TruncTy =
3075           IntegerType::get(getContext(), RHSC->getAPInt().logBase2());
3076       return getZeroExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(LHS, TruncTy), FullTy);
3077     }
3078   }
3079 
3080   // Fallback to %a == %x urem %y == %x -<nuw> ((%x udiv %y) *<nuw> %y)
3081   const SCEV *UDiv = getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3082   const SCEV *Mult = getMulExpr(UDiv, RHS, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3083   return getMinusSCEV(LHS, Mult, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3084 }
3085 
3086 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3087 /// possible.
3088 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3089                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3090   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
3091          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3092          "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
3093 
3094   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3095   ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
3096   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
3097   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
3098   void *IP = nullptr;
3099   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
3100     return S;
3101 
3102   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3103     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3104       return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
3105     // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
3106     // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
3107     // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
3108     if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
3109       // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
3110       // its operands.
3111       // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
3112       Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
3113       unsigned LZ = RHSC->getAPInt().countLeadingZeros();
3114       unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1;
3115       // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
3116       // nearest power of two.
3117       if (!RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
3118         ++MaxShiftAmt;
3119       IntegerType *ExtTy =
3120         IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
3121       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
3122         if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
3123             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
3124           // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
3125           const APInt &StepInt = Step->getAPInt();
3126           const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getAPInt();
3127           if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) &&
3128               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3129               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3130                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3131                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3132             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3133             for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
3134               Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(Op, RHS));
3135             return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3136           }
3137           /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
3138           /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
3139           // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
3140           const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart());
3141           if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) &&
3142               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3143               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3144                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3145                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3146             const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getAPInt();
3147             const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt);
3148             if (StartRem != 0) {
3149               const SCEV *NewLHS =
3150                   getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step,
3151                                 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3152               if (LHS != NewLHS) {
3153                 LHS = NewLHS;
3154 
3155                 // Reset the ID to include the new LHS, and check if it is
3156                 // already cached.
3157                 ID.clear();
3158                 ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
3159                 ID.AddPointer(LHS);
3160                 ID.AddPointer(RHS);
3161                 IP = nullptr;
3162                 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
3163                   return S;
3164               }
3165             }
3166           }
3167         }
3168       // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
3169       if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
3170         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3171         for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
3172           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3173         if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
3174           // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
3175           for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3176             const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
3177             const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
3178             if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
3179               Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(),
3180                                                       M->op_end());
3181               Operands[i] = Div;
3182               return getMulExpr(Operands);
3183             }
3184           }
3185       }
3186 
3187       // (A/B)/C --> A/(B*C) if safe and B*C can be folded.
3188       if (const SCEVUDivExpr *OtherDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS)) {
3189         if (auto *DivisorConstant =
3190                 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(OtherDiv->getRHS())) {
3191           bool Overflow = false;
3192           APInt NewRHS =
3193               DivisorConstant->getAPInt().umul_ov(RHSC->getAPInt(), Overflow);
3194           if (Overflow) {
3195             return getConstant(RHSC->getType(), 0, false);
3196           }
3197           return getUDivExpr(OtherDiv->getLHS(), getConstant(NewRHS));
3198         }
3199       }
3200 
3201       // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
3202       if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
3203         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3204         for (const SCEV *Op : A->operands())
3205           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3206         if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
3207           Operands.clear();
3208           for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3209             const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
3210             if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
3211                 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
3212               break;
3213             Operands.push_back(Op);
3214           }
3215           if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
3216             return getAddExpr(Operands);
3217         }
3218       }
3219 
3220       // Fold if both operands are constant.
3221       if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
3222         Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue();
3223         Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue();
3224         return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV,
3225                                                                    RHSCV)));
3226       }
3227     }
3228   }
3229 
3230   // The Insertion Point (IP) might be invalid by now (due to UniqueSCEVs
3231   // changes). Make sure we get a new one.
3232   IP = nullptr;
3233   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3234   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3235                                              LHS, RHS);
3236   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3237   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3238   return S;
3239 }
3240 
3241 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) {
3242   APInt A = C1->getAPInt().abs();
3243   APInt B = C2->getAPInt().abs();
3244   uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth();
3245   uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth();
3246 
3247   if (ABW > BBW)
3248     B = B.zext(ABW);
3249   else if (ABW < BBW)
3250     A = A.zext(BBW);
3251 
3252   return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(std::move(A), std::move(B));
3253 }
3254 
3255 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3256 /// possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv in SCEV IR, but we
3257 /// can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS.  We can't do this when
3258 /// it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
3259 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3260                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
3261   // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
3262   // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
3263   // end of this file for inspiration.
3264 
3265   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3266   if (!Mul || !Mul->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3267     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3268 
3269   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3270     // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
3271     // first element of the mulexpr.
3272     if (const auto *LHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
3273       if (LHSCst == RHSCst) {
3274         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3275         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3276         return getMulExpr(Operands);
3277       }
3278 
3279       // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
3280       // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
3281       // check.
3282       APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst);
3283       if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) {
3284         LHSCst =
3285             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(LHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3286         RHSCst =
3287             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(RHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3288         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3289         Operands.push_back(LHSCst);
3290         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3291         LHS = getMulExpr(Operands);
3292         RHS = RHSCst;
3293         Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3294         if (!Mul)
3295           return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS);
3296       }
3297     }
3298   }
3299 
3300   for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3301     if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) {
3302       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3303       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i);
3304       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end());
3305       return getMulExpr(Operands);
3306     }
3307   }
3308 
3309   return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3310 }
3311 
3312 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3313 /// expression as much as possible.
3314 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step,
3315                                            const Loop *L,
3316                                            SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3317   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3318   Operands.push_back(Start);
3319   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
3320     if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
3321       Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end());
3322       return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
3323     }
3324 
3325   Operands.push_back(Step);
3326   return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
3327 }
3328 
3329 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3330 /// expression as much as possible.
3331 const SCEV *
3332 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
3333                                const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3334   if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
3335 #ifndef NDEBUG
3336   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType());
3337   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3338     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3339            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
3340   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3341     assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) &&
3342            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!");
3343 #endif
3344 
3345   if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
3346     Operands.pop_back();
3347     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
3348   }
3349 
3350   // It's tempting to want to call getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
3351   // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
3352   // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
3353   // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
3354   // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
3355 
3356   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
3357 
3358   // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
3359   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
3360     const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
3361     if (L->contains(NestedLoop)
3362             ? (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth())
3363             : (!NestedLoop->contains(L) &&
3364                DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
3365       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(),
3366                                                   NestedAR->op_end());
3367       Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
3368       // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
3369       // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
3370       // requirement.
3371       bool AllInvariant = all_of(
3372           Operands, [&](const SCEV *Op) { return isLoopInvariant(Op, L); });
3373 
3374       if (AllInvariant) {
3375         // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
3376         //
3377         // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
3378         // inner recurrence has the same property.
3379         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags =
3380           maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags());
3381 
3382         NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags);
3383         AllInvariant = all_of(NestedOperands, [&](const SCEV *Op) {
3384           return isLoopInvariant(Op, NestedLoop);
3385         });
3386 
3387         if (AllInvariant) {
3388           // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
3389           //
3390           // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
3391           // the outer recurrence has the same property.
3392           SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags =
3393             maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags);
3394           return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags);
3395         }
3396       }
3397       // Reset Operands to its original state.
3398       Operands[0] = NestedAR;
3399     }
3400   }
3401 
3402   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
3403   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3404   return getOrCreateAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
3405 }
3406 
3407 const SCEV *
3408 ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(GEPOperator *GEP,
3409                             const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &IndexExprs) {
3410   const SCEV *BaseExpr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
3411   // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType()
3412   // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space.
3413   Type *IntIdxTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr->getType());
3414   // FIXME(PR23527): Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP
3415   // instruction to its SCEV, because the Instruction may be guarded by control
3416   // flow and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any
3417   // context. This can be fixed similarly to how these flags are handled for
3418   // adds.
3419   SCEV::NoWrapFlags OffsetWrap =
3420       GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3421 
3422   Type *CurTy = GEP->getType();
3423   bool FirstIter = true;
3424   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Offsets;
3425   for (const SCEV *IndexExpr : IndexExprs) {
3426     // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
3427     if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurTy)) {
3428       // For a struct, add the member offset.
3429       ConstantInt *Index = cast<SCEVConstant>(IndexExpr)->getValue();
3430       unsigned FieldNo = Index->getZExtValue();
3431       const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntIdxTy, STy, FieldNo);
3432       Offsets.push_back(FieldOffset);
3433 
3434       // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index.
3435       CurTy = STy->getTypeAtIndex(Index);
3436     } else {
3437       // Update CurTy to its element type.
3438       if (FirstIter) {
3439         assert(isa<PointerType>(CurTy) &&
3440                "The first index of a GEP indexes a pointer");
3441         CurTy = GEP->getSourceElementType();
3442         FirstIter = false;
3443       } else {
3444         CurTy = GetElementPtrInst::getTypeAtIndex(CurTy, (uint64_t)0);
3445       }
3446       // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
3447       const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntIdxTy, CurTy);
3448       // Getelementptr indices are signed.
3449       IndexExpr = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr, IntIdxTy);
3450 
3451       // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
3452       const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexExpr, ElementSize, OffsetWrap);
3453       Offsets.push_back(LocalOffset);
3454     }
3455   }
3456 
3457   // Handle degenerate case of GEP without offsets.
3458   if (Offsets.empty())
3459     return BaseExpr;
3460 
3461   // Add the offsets together, assuming nsw if inbounds.
3462   const SCEV *Offset = getAddExpr(Offsets, OffsetWrap);
3463   // Add the base address and the offset. We cannot use the nsw flag, as the
3464   // base address is unsigned. However, if we know that the offset is
3465   // non-negative, we can use nuw.
3466   SCEV::NoWrapFlags BaseWrap = GEP->isInBounds() && isKnownNonNegative(Offset)
3467                                    ? SCEV::FlagNUW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3468   return getAddExpr(BaseExpr, Offset, BaseWrap);
3469 }
3470 
3471 std::tuple<SCEV *, FoldingSetNodeID, void *>
3472 ScalarEvolution::findExistingSCEVInCache(SCEVTypes SCEVType,
3473                                          ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
3474   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3475   void *IP = nullptr;
3476   ID.AddInteger(SCEVType);
3477   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3478     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3479   return std::tuple<SCEV *, FoldingSetNodeID, void *>(
3480       UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP), std::move(ID), IP);
3481 }
3482 
3483 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAbsExpr(const SCEV *Op, bool IsNSW) {
3484   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = IsNSW ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3485   return getSMaxExpr(Op, getNegativeSCEV(Op, Flags));
3486 }
3487 
3488 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignumExpr(const SCEV *Op) {
3489   Type *Ty = Op->getType();
3490   return getSMinExpr(getSMaxExpr(Op, getMinusOne(Ty)), getOne(Ty));
3491 }
3492 
3493 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinMaxExpr(SCEVTypes Kind,
3494                                            SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3495   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty (u|s)(min|max)!");
3496   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3497 #ifndef NDEBUG
3498   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3499   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3500     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3501            "Operand types don't match!");
3502 #endif
3503 
3504   bool IsSigned = Kind == scSMaxExpr || Kind == scSMinExpr;
3505   bool IsMax = Kind == scSMaxExpr || Kind == scUMaxExpr;
3506 
3507   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3508   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3509 
3510   // Check if we have created the same expression before.
3511   if (const SCEV *S = std::get<0>(findExistingSCEVInCache(Kind, Ops))) {
3512     return S;
3513   }
3514 
3515   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3516   unsigned Idx = 0;
3517   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3518     ++Idx;
3519     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3520     auto FoldOp = [&](const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) {
3521       if (Kind == scSMaxExpr)
3522         return APIntOps::smax(LHS, RHS);
3523       else if (Kind == scSMinExpr)
3524         return APIntOps::smin(LHS, RHS);
3525       else if (Kind == scUMaxExpr)
3526         return APIntOps::umax(LHS, RHS);
3527       else if (Kind == scUMinExpr)
3528         return APIntOps::umin(LHS, RHS);
3529       llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV min/max opcode");
3530     };
3531 
3532     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3533       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3534       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3535           getContext(), FoldOp(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3536       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3537       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3538       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3539       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3540     }
3541 
3542     bool IsMinV = LHSC->getValue()->isMinValue(IsSigned);
3543     bool IsMaxV = LHSC->getValue()->isMaxValue(IsSigned);
3544 
3545     if (IsMax ? IsMinV : IsMaxV) {
3546       // If we are left with a constant minimum(/maximum)-int, strip it off.
3547       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3548       --Idx;
3549     } else if (IsMax ? IsMaxV : IsMinV) {
3550       // If we have a max(/min) with a constant maximum(/minimum)-int,
3551       // it will always be the extremum.
3552       return LHSC;
3553     }
3554 
3555     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3556   }
3557 
3558   // Find the first operation of the same kind
3559   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < Kind)
3560     ++Idx;
3561 
3562   // Check to see if one of the operands is of the same kind. If so, expand its
3563   // operands onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3564   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3565     bool DeletedAny = false;
3566     while (Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() == Kind) {
3567       const SCEVMinMaxExpr *SMME = cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
3568       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3569       Ops.append(SMME->op_begin(), SMME->op_end());
3570       DeletedAny = true;
3571     }
3572 
3573     if (DeletedAny)
3574       return getMinMaxExpr(Kind, Ops);
3575   }
3576 
3577   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3578   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3579   // be adjacent.
3580   llvm::CmpInst::Predicate GEPred =
3581       IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
3582   llvm::CmpInst::Predicate LEPred =
3583       IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
3584   llvm::CmpInst::Predicate FirstPred = IsMax ? GEPred : LEPred;
3585   llvm::CmpInst::Predicate SecondPred = IsMax ? LEPred : GEPred;
3586   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size() - 1; i != e; ++i) {
3587     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i + 1] ||
3588         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(FirstPred, Ops[i], Ops[i + 1])) {
3589       //  X op Y op Y  -->  X op Y
3590       //  X op Y       -->  X, if we know X, Y are ordered appropriately
3591       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + i + 1, Ops.begin() + i + 2);
3592       --i;
3593       --e;
3594     } else if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(SecondPred, Ops[i],
3595                                                Ops[i + 1])) {
3596       //  X op Y       -->  Y, if we know X, Y are ordered appropriately
3597       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + i, Ops.begin() + i + 1);
3598       --i;
3599       --e;
3600     }
3601   }
3602 
3603   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3604 
3605   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
3606 
3607   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an expr.  Check to see if we
3608   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3609   const SCEV *ExistingSCEV;
3610   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3611   void *IP;
3612   std::tie(ExistingSCEV, ID, IP) = findExistingSCEVInCache(Kind, Ops);
3613   if (ExistingSCEV)
3614     return ExistingSCEV;
3615   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3616   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3617   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator)
3618       SCEVMinMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), Kind, O, Ops.size());
3619 
3620   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3621   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3622   return S;
3623 }
3624 
3625 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
3626   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3627   return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3628 }
3629 
3630 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3631   return getMinMaxExpr(scSMaxExpr, Ops);
3632 }
3633 
3634 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
3635   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3636   return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3637 }
3638 
3639 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3640   return getMinMaxExpr(scUMaxExpr, Ops);
3641 }
3642 
3643 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3644                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3645   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = { LHS, RHS };
3646   return getSMinExpr(Ops);
3647 }
3648 
3649 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3650   return getMinMaxExpr(scSMinExpr, Ops);
3651 }
3652 
3653 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3654                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3655   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = { LHS, RHS };
3656   return getUMinExpr(Ops);
3657 }
3658 
3659 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3660   return getMinMaxExpr(scUMinExpr, Ops);
3661 }
3662 
3663 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) {
3664   if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(AllocTy)) {
3665     Constant *NullPtr = Constant::getNullValue(AllocTy->getPointerTo());
3666     Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(IntTy, 1);
3667     Constant *GEP = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(AllocTy, NullPtr, One);
3668     // Note that the expression we created is the final expression, we don't
3669     // want to simplify it any further Also, if we call a normal getSCEV(),
3670     // we'll end up in an endless recursion. So just create an SCEVUnknown.
3671     return getUnknown(ConstantExpr::getPtrToInt(GEP, IntTy));
3672   }
3673   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3674   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3675   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3676   return getConstant(IntTy, getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
3677 }
3678 
3679 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy,
3680                                              StructType *STy,
3681                                              unsigned FieldNo) {
3682   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3683   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3684   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3685   return getConstant(
3686       IntTy, getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
3687 }
3688 
3689 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
3690   // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
3691   // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
3692   // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
3693   // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
3694 
3695   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3696   ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
3697   ID.AddPointer(V);
3698   void *IP = nullptr;
3699   if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
3700     assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V &&
3701            "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
3702     return S;
3703   }
3704   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this,
3705                                             FirstUnknown);
3706   FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3707   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3708   return S;
3709 }
3710 
3711 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3712 //            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
3713 //
3714 
3715 /// Test if values of the given type are analyzable within the SCEV
3716 /// framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it can optionally
3717 /// include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class has access to
3718 /// target-specific information.
3719 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const {
3720   // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
3721   return Ty->isIntOrPtrTy();
3722 }
3723 
3724 /// Return the size in bits of the specified type, for which isSCEVable must
3725 /// return true.
3726 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
3727   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3728   if (Ty->isPointerTy())
3729     return getDataLayout().getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3730   return getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3731 }
3732 
3733 /// Return a type with the same bitwidth as the given type and which represents
3734 /// how SCEV will treat the given type, for which isSCEVable must return
3735 /// true. For pointer types, this is the pointer index sized integer type.
3736 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const {
3737   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3738 
3739   if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
3740     return Ty;
3741 
3742   // The only other support type is pointer.
3743   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
3744   return getDataLayout().getIndexType(Ty);
3745 }
3746 
3747 Type *ScalarEvolution::getWiderType(Type *T1, Type *T2) const {
3748   return  getTypeSizeInBits(T1) >= getTypeSizeInBits(T2) ? T1 : T2;
3749 }
3750 
3751 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
3752   return CouldNotCompute.get();
3753 }
3754 
3755 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const {
3756   bool ContainsNulls = SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
3757     auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3758     return SU && SU->getValue() == nullptr;
3759   });
3760 
3761   return !ContainsNulls;
3762 }
3763 
3764 bool ScalarEvolution::containsAddRecurrence(const SCEV *S) {
3765   HasRecMapType::iterator I = HasRecMap.find(S);
3766   if (I != HasRecMap.end())
3767     return I->second;
3768 
3769   bool FoundAddRec =
3770       SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) { return isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); });
3771   HasRecMap.insert({S, FoundAddRec});
3772   return FoundAddRec;
3773 }
3774 
3775 /// Try to split a SCEVAddExpr into a pair of {SCEV, ConstantInt}.
3776 /// If \p S is a SCEVAddExpr and is composed of a sub SCEV S' and an
3777 /// offset I, then return {S', I}, else return {\p S, nullptr}.
3778 static std::pair<const SCEV *, ConstantInt *> splitAddExpr(const SCEV *S) {
3779   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S);
3780   if (!Add)
3781     return {S, nullptr};
3782 
3783   if (Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
3784     return {S, nullptr};
3785 
3786   auto *ConstOp = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0));
3787   if (!ConstOp)
3788     return {S, nullptr};
3789 
3790   return {Add->getOperand(1), ConstOp->getValue()};
3791 }
3792 
3793 /// Return the ValueOffsetPair set for \p S. \p S can be represented
3794 /// by the value and offset from any ValueOffsetPair in the set.
3795 SetVector<ScalarEvolution::ValueOffsetPair> *
3796 ScalarEvolution::getSCEVValues(const SCEV *S) {
3797   ExprValueMapType::iterator SI = ExprValueMap.find_as(S);
3798   if (SI == ExprValueMap.end())
3799     return nullptr;
3800 #ifndef NDEBUG
3801   if (VerifySCEVMap) {
3802     // Check there is no dangling Value in the set returned.
3803     for (const auto &VE : SI->second)
3804       assert(ValueExprMap.count(VE.first));
3805   }
3806 #endif
3807   return &SI->second;
3808 }
3809 
3810 /// Erase Value from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap. ValueExprMap.erase(V)
3811 /// cannot be used separately. eraseValueFromMap should be used to remove
3812 /// V from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap at the same time.
3813 void ScalarEvolution::eraseValueFromMap(Value *V) {
3814   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3815   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3816     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3817     // Remove {V, 0} from the set of ExprValueMap[S]
3818     if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(S))
3819       SV->remove({V, nullptr});
3820 
3821     // Remove {V, Offset} from the set of ExprValueMap[Stripped]
3822     const SCEV *Stripped;
3823     ConstantInt *Offset;
3824     std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3825     if (Offset != nullptr) {
3826       if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(Stripped))
3827         SV->remove({V, Offset});
3828     }
3829     ValueExprMap.erase(V);
3830   }
3831 }
3832 
3833 /// Check whether value has nuw/nsw/exact set but SCEV does not.
3834 /// TODO: In reality it is better to check the poison recursively
3835 /// but this is better than nothing.
3836 static bool SCEVLostPoisonFlags(const SCEV *S, const Value *V) {
3837   if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
3838     if (isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)) {
3839       if (auto *NS = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S)) {
3840         if (I->hasNoSignedWrap() && !NS->hasNoSignedWrap())
3841           return true;
3842         if (I->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && !NS->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3843           return true;
3844       }
3845     } else if (isa<PossiblyExactOperator>(I) && I->isExact())
3846       return true;
3847   }
3848   return false;
3849 }
3850 
3851 /// Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the expression and
3852 /// create a new one.
3853 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
3854   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3855 
3856   const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V);
3857   if (S == nullptr) {
3858     S = createSCEV(V);
3859     // During PHI resolution, it is possible to create two SCEVs for the same
3860     // V, so it is needed to double check whether V->S is inserted into
3861     // ValueExprMap before insert S->{V, 0} into ExprValueMap.
3862     std::pair<ValueExprMapType::iterator, bool> Pair =
3863         ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S});
3864     if (Pair.second && !SCEVLostPoisonFlags(S, V)) {
3865       ExprValueMap[S].insert({V, nullptr});
3866 
3867       // If S == Stripped + Offset, add Stripped -> {V, Offset} into
3868       // ExprValueMap.
3869       const SCEV *Stripped = S;
3870       ConstantInt *Offset = nullptr;
3871       std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3872       // If stripped is SCEVUnknown, don't bother to save
3873       // Stripped -> {V, offset}. It doesn't simplify and sometimes even
3874       // increase the complexity of the expansion code.
3875       // If V is GetElementPtrInst, don't save Stripped -> {V, offset}
3876       // because it may generate add/sub instead of GEP in SCEV expansion.
3877       if (Offset != nullptr && !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Stripped) &&
3878           !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V))
3879         ExprValueMap[Stripped].insert({V, Offset});
3880     }
3881   }
3882   return S;
3883 }
3884 
3885 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExistingSCEV(Value *V) {
3886   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3887 
3888   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3889   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3890     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3891     if (checkValidity(S))
3892       return S;
3893     eraseValueFromMap(V);
3894     forgetMemoizedResults(S);
3895   }
3896   return nullptr;
3897 }
3898 
3899 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
3900 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V,
3901                                              SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3902   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3903     return getConstant(
3904                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
3905 
3906   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3907   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3908   return getMulExpr(V, getMinusOne(Ty), Flags);
3909 }
3910 
3911 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
3912 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
3913   const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
3914   if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
3915       !Add->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
3916     return nullptr;
3917 
3918   const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
3919   if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
3920       !AddRHS->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
3921     return nullptr;
3922 
3923   return AddRHS->getOperand(1);
3924 }
3925 
3926 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
3927 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
3928   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3929     return getConstant(
3930                 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
3931 
3932   // Fold ~(u|s)(min|max)(~x, ~y) to (u|s)(max|min)(x, y)
3933   if (const SCEVMinMaxExpr *MME = dyn_cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(V)) {
3934     auto MatchMinMaxNegation = [&](const SCEVMinMaxExpr *MME) {
3935       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> MatchedOperands;
3936       for (const SCEV *Operand : MME->operands()) {
3937         const SCEV *Matched = MatchNotExpr(Operand);
3938         if (!Matched)
3939           return (const SCEV *)nullptr;
3940         MatchedOperands.push_back(Matched);
3941       }
3942       return getMinMaxExpr(SCEVMinMaxExpr::negate(MME->getSCEVType()),
3943                            MatchedOperands);
3944     };
3945     if (const SCEV *Replaced = MatchMinMaxNegation(MME))
3946       return Replaced;
3947   }
3948 
3949   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3950   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3951   return getMinusSCEV(getMinusOne(Ty), V);
3952 }
3953 
3954 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
3955                                           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
3956                                           unsigned Depth) {
3957   // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
3958   if (LHS == RHS)
3959     return getZero(LHS->getType());
3960 
3961   // We represent LHS - RHS as LHS + (-1)*RHS. This transformation
3962   // makes it so that we cannot make much use of NUW.
3963   auto AddFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3964   const bool RHSIsNotMinSigned =
3965       !getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue();
3966   if (maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == SCEV::FlagNSW) {
3967     // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. Then (-1)*RHS
3968     // signed-wraps if and only if RHS is M. That can happen even for
3969     // a NSW subtraction because e.g. (-1)*M signed-wraps even though
3970     // -1 - M does not. So to transfer NSW from LHS - RHS to LHS +
3971     // (-1)*RHS, we need to prove that RHS != M.
3972     //
3973     // If LHS is non-negative and we know that LHS - RHS does not
3974     // signed-wrap, then RHS cannot be M. So we can rule out signed-wrap
3975     // either by proving that RHS > M or that LHS >= 0.
3976     if (RHSIsNotMinSigned || isKnownNonNegative(LHS)) {
3977       AddFlags = SCEV::FlagNSW;
3978     }
3979   }
3980 
3981   // FIXME: Find a correct way to transfer NSW to (-1)*M when LHS -
3982   // RHS is NSW and LHS >= 0.
3983   //
3984   // The difficulty here is that the NSW flag may have been proven
3985   // relative to a loop that is to be found in a recurrence in LHS and
3986   // not in RHS. Applying NSW to (-1)*M may then let the NSW have a
3987   // larger scope than intended.
3988   auto NegFlags = RHSIsNotMinSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3989 
3990   return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS, NegFlags), AddFlags, Depth);
3991 }
3992 
3993 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty,
3994                                                      unsigned Depth) {
3995   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3996   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
3997          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3998   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3999     return V;  // No conversion
4000   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4001     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty, Depth);
4002   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty, Depth);
4003 }
4004 
4005 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty,
4006                                                      unsigned Depth) {
4007   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4008   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4009          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
4010   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4011     return V;  // No conversion
4012   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4013     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty, Depth);
4014   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty, Depth);
4015 }
4016 
4017 const SCEV *
4018 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
4019   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4020   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4021          "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
4022   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
4023          "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
4024   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4025     return V;  // No conversion
4026   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
4027 }
4028 
4029 const SCEV *
4030 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
4031   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4032   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4033          "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
4034   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
4035          "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
4036   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4037     return V;  // No conversion
4038   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
4039 }
4040 
4041 const SCEV *
4042 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
4043   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4044   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4045          "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
4046   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
4047          "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
4048   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4049     return V;  // No conversion
4050   return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
4051 }
4052 
4053 const SCEV *
4054 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
4055   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4056   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4057          "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
4058   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
4059          "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
4060   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4061     return V;  // No conversion
4062   return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
4063 }
4064 
4065 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
4066                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
4067   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
4068   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
4069 
4070   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
4071     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
4072   else
4073     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
4074 
4075   return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
4076 }
4077 
4078 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
4079                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
4080   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = { LHS, RHS };
4081   return getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(Ops);
4082 }
4083 
4084 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(
4085     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
4086   assert(!Ops.empty() && "At least one operand must be!");
4087   // Trivial case.
4088   if (Ops.size() == 1)
4089     return Ops[0];
4090 
4091   // Find the max type first.
4092   Type *MaxType = nullptr;
4093   for (auto *S : Ops)
4094     if (MaxType)
4095       MaxType = getWiderType(MaxType, S->getType());
4096     else
4097       MaxType = S->getType();
4098   assert(MaxType && "Failed to find maximum type!");
4099 
4100   // Extend all ops to max type.
4101   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> PromotedOps;
4102   for (auto *S : Ops)
4103     PromotedOps.push_back(getNoopOrZeroExtend(S, MaxType));
4104 
4105   // Generate umin.
4106   return getUMinExpr(PromotedOps);
4107 }
4108 
4109 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) {
4110   // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
4111   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
4112     return V;
4113 
4114   while (true) {
4115     if (const SCEVIntegralCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVIntegralCastExpr>(V)) {
4116       V = Cast->getOperand();
4117     } else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) {
4118       const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr;
4119       for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
4120         if (NAryOp->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4121           // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer ops.
4122           if (PtrOp)
4123             return V;
4124           PtrOp = NAryOp;
4125         }
4126       }
4127       if (!PtrOp) // All operands were non-pointer.
4128         return V;
4129       V = PtrOp;
4130     } else // Not something we can look further into.
4131       return V;
4132   }
4133 }
4134 
4135 /// Push users of the given Instruction onto the given Worklist.
4136 static void
4137 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
4138                    SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
4139   // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
4140   for (User *U : I->users())
4141     Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
4142 }
4143 
4144 void ScalarEvolution::forgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) {
4145   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
4146   PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist);
4147 
4148   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
4149   Visited.insert(PN);
4150   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4151     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4152     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
4153       continue;
4154 
4155     auto It = ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
4156     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4157       const SCEV *Old = It->second;
4158 
4159       // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name
4160       // ceases to appear in expressions.
4161       if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName))
4162         continue;
4163 
4164       // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
4165       // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
4166       // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case,
4167       // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything.
4168       // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary
4169       // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do
4170       // want to forget the SCEVUnknown.
4171       if (!isa<PHINode>(I) ||
4172           !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) ||
4173           (I != PN && Old == SymName)) {
4174         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
4175         forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
4176       }
4177     }
4178 
4179     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
4180   }
4181 }
4182 
4183 namespace {
4184 
4185 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its start
4186 /// expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4187 /// if IgnoreOtherLoops is true then use AddRec itself
4188 /// otherwise rewrite cannot be done.
4189 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4190 class SCEVInitRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVInitRewriter> {
4191 public:
4192   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
4193                              bool IgnoreOtherLoops = true) {
4194     SCEVInitRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4195     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4196     if (Rewriter.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown())
4197       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4198     return Rewriter.hasSeenOtherLoops() && !IgnoreOtherLoops
4199                ? SE.getCouldNotCompute()
4200                : Result;
4201   }
4202 
4203   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4204     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4205       SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = true;
4206     return Expr;
4207   }
4208 
4209   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4210     // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4211     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4212       return Expr->getStart();
4213     SeenOtherLoops = true;
4214     return Expr;
4215   }
4216 
4217   bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown; }
4218 
4219   bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops; }
4220 
4221 private:
4222   explicit SCEVInitRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4223       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4224 
4225   const Loop *L;
4226   bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = false;
4227   bool SeenOtherLoops = false;
4228 };
4229 
4230 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its post
4231 /// increment expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4232 /// use AddRec itself.
4233 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4234 class SCEVPostIncRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPostIncRewriter> {
4235 public:
4236   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4237     SCEVPostIncRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4238     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4239     return Rewriter.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown()
4240         ? SE.getCouldNotCompute()
4241         : Result;
4242   }
4243 
4244   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4245     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4246       SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = true;
4247     return Expr;
4248   }
4249 
4250   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4251     // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4252     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4253       return Expr->getPostIncExpr(SE);
4254     SeenOtherLoops = true;
4255     return Expr;
4256   }
4257 
4258   bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown; }
4259 
4260   bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops; }
4261 
4262 private:
4263   explicit SCEVPostIncRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4264       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4265 
4266   const Loop *L;
4267   bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = false;
4268   bool SeenOtherLoops = false;
4269 };
4270 
4271 /// This class evaluates the compare condition by matching it against the
4272 /// condition of loop latch. If there is a match we assume a true value
4273 /// for the condition while building SCEV nodes.
4274 class SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder
4275     : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder> {
4276 public:
4277   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4278                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4279     bool IsPosBECond = false;
4280     Value *BECond = nullptr;
4281     if (BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch()) {
4282       BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
4283       if (BI && BI->isConditional()) {
4284         assert(BI->getSuccessor(0) != BI->getSuccessor(1) &&
4285                "Both outgoing branches should not target same header!");
4286         BECond = BI->getCondition();
4287         IsPosBECond = BI->getSuccessor(0) == L->getHeader();
4288       } else {
4289         return S;
4290       }
4291     }
4292     SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder Rewriter(L, BECond, IsPosBECond, SE);
4293     return Rewriter.visit(S);
4294   }
4295 
4296   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4297     const SCEV *Result = Expr;
4298     bool InvariantF = SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L);
4299 
4300     if (!InvariantF) {
4301       Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(Expr->getValue());
4302       switch (I->getOpcode()) {
4303       case Instruction::Select: {
4304         SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I);
4305         Optional<const SCEV *> Res =
4306             compareWithBackedgeCondition(SI->getCondition());
4307         if (Res.hasValue()) {
4308           bool IsOne = cast<SCEVConstant>(Res.getValue())->getValue()->isOne();
4309           Result = SE.getSCEV(IsOne ? SI->getTrueValue() : SI->getFalseValue());
4310         }
4311         break;
4312       }
4313       default: {
4314         Optional<const SCEV *> Res = compareWithBackedgeCondition(I);
4315         if (Res.hasValue())
4316           Result = Res.getValue();
4317         break;
4318       }
4319       }
4320     }
4321     return Result;
4322   }
4323 
4324 private:
4325   explicit SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder(const Loop *L, Value *BECond,
4326                                        bool IsPosBECond, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4327       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L), BackedgeCond(BECond),
4328         IsPositiveBECond(IsPosBECond) {}
4329 
4330   Optional<const SCEV *> compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC);
4331 
4332   const Loop *L;
4333   /// Loop back condition.
4334   Value *BackedgeCond = nullptr;
4335   /// Set to true if loop back is on positive branch condition.
4336   bool IsPositiveBECond;
4337 };
4338 
4339 Optional<const SCEV *>
4340 SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC) {
4341 
4342   // If value matches the backedge condition for loop latch,
4343   // then return a constant evolution node based on loopback
4344   // branch taken.
4345   if (BackedgeCond == IC)
4346     return IsPositiveBECond ? SE.getOne(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()))
4347                             : SE.getZero(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()));
4348   return None;
4349 }
4350 
4351 class SCEVShiftRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVShiftRewriter> {
4352 public:
4353   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4354                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4355     SCEVShiftRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4356     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4357     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4358   }
4359 
4360   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4361     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
4362     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4363       Valid = false;
4364     return Expr;
4365   }
4366 
4367   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4368     if (Expr->getLoop() == L && Expr->isAffine())
4369       return SE.getMinusSCEV(Expr, Expr->getStepRecurrence(SE));
4370     Valid = false;
4371     return Expr;
4372   }
4373 
4374   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
4375 
4376 private:
4377   explicit SCEVShiftRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4378       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4379 
4380   const Loop *L;
4381   bool Valid = true;
4382 };
4383 
4384 } // end anonymous namespace
4385 
4386 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
4387 ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
4388   if (!AR->isAffine())
4389     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4390 
4391   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
4392 
4393   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4394 
4395   if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
4396     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getSignedRange(AR);
4397     ConstantRange IncRange = getSignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4398 
4399     auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4400         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
4401     if (NSWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4402       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4403   }
4404 
4405   if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
4406     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getUnsignedRange(AR);
4407     ConstantRange IncRange = getUnsignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4408 
4409     auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4410         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
4411     if (NUWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4412       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4413   }
4414 
4415   return Result;
4416 }
4417 
4418 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
4419 ScalarEvolution::proveNoSignedWrapViaInduction(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
4420   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
4421 
4422   if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
4423     return Result;
4424 
4425   if (!AR->isAffine())
4426     return Result;
4427 
4428   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
4429   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
4430 
4431   // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
4432   // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
4433   // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
4434   // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
4435   // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
4436   // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
4437   // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
4438   // that value once it has finished.
4439   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
4440 
4441   // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
4442   // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
4443   // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
4444   // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
4445   // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
4446   // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
4447   // doing extra work that may not pay off.
4448 
4449   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && !HasGuards &&
4450       AC.assumptions().empty())
4451     return Result;
4452 
4453   // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc  value the
4454   // addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison with the
4455   // start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the post-inc
4456   // value, the addrec is safe.
4457   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
4458   const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
4459     getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this);
4460   if (OverflowLimit &&
4461       (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) ||
4462        isKnownOnEveryIteration(Pred, AR, OverflowLimit))) {
4463     Result = setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4464   }
4465   return Result;
4466 }
4467 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
4468 ScalarEvolution::proveNoUnsignedWrapViaInduction(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
4469   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
4470 
4471   if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
4472     return Result;
4473 
4474   if (!AR->isAffine())
4475     return Result;
4476 
4477   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
4478   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
4479   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
4480 
4481   // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
4482   // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
4483   // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
4484   // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
4485   // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
4486   // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
4487   // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
4488   // that value once it has finished.
4489   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
4490 
4491   // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
4492   // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
4493   // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
4494   // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
4495   // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
4496   // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
4497   // doing extra work that may not pay off.
4498 
4499   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && !HasGuards &&
4500       AC.assumptions().empty())
4501     return Result;
4502 
4503   // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc  value the
4504   // addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison with the
4505   // start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the post-inc
4506   // value, the addrec is safe.
4507   if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
4508     const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
4509                                 getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
4510     if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
4511         isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N)) {
4512       Result = setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4513     }
4514   }
4515 
4516   return Result;
4517 }
4518 
4519 namespace {
4520 
4521 /// Represents an abstract binary operation.  This may exist as a
4522 /// normal instruction or constant expression, or may have been
4523 /// derived from an expression tree.
4524 struct BinaryOp {
4525   unsigned Opcode;
4526   Value *LHS;
4527   Value *RHS;
4528   bool IsNSW = false;
4529   bool IsNUW = false;
4530   bool IsExact = false;
4531 
4532   /// Op is set if this BinaryOp corresponds to a concrete LLVM instruction or
4533   /// constant expression.
4534   Operator *Op = nullptr;
4535 
4536   explicit BinaryOp(Operator *Op)
4537       : Opcode(Op->getOpcode()), LHS(Op->getOperand(0)), RHS(Op->getOperand(1)),
4538         Op(Op) {
4539     if (auto *OBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(Op)) {
4540       IsNSW = OBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
4541       IsNUW = OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
4542     }
4543     if (auto *PEO = dyn_cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(Op))
4544       IsExact = PEO->isExact();
4545   }
4546 
4547   explicit BinaryOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW = false,
4548                     bool IsNUW = false, bool IsExact = false)
4549       : Opcode(Opcode), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS), IsNSW(IsNSW), IsNUW(IsNUW),
4550         IsExact(IsExact) {}
4551 };
4552 
4553 } // end anonymous namespace
4554 
4555 /// Try to map \p V into a BinaryOp, and return \c None on failure.
4556 static Optional<BinaryOp> MatchBinaryOp(Value *V, DominatorTree &DT) {
4557   auto *Op = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
4558   if (!Op)
4559     return None;
4560 
4561   // Implementation detail: all the cleverness here should happen without
4562   // creating new SCEV expressions -- our caller knowns tricks to avoid creating
4563   // SCEV expressions when possible, and we should not break that.
4564 
4565   switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
4566   case Instruction::Add:
4567   case Instruction::Sub:
4568   case Instruction::Mul:
4569   case Instruction::UDiv:
4570   case Instruction::URem:
4571   case Instruction::And:
4572   case Instruction::Or:
4573   case Instruction::AShr:
4574   case Instruction::Shl:
4575     return BinaryOp(Op);
4576 
4577   case Instruction::Xor:
4578     if (auto *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1)))
4579       // If the RHS of the xor is a signmask, then this is just an add.
4580       // Instcombine turns add of signmask into xor as a strength reduction step.
4581       if (RHSC->getValue().isSignMask())
4582         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, Op->getOperand(0), Op->getOperand(1));
4583     return BinaryOp(Op);
4584 
4585   case Instruction::LShr:
4586     // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
4587     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
4588       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Op->getType())->getBitWidth();
4589 
4590       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
4591       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
4592       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
4593       // other parts of the compiler.
4594       if (SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
4595         Constant *X =
4596             ConstantInt::get(SA->getContext(),
4597                              APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
4598         return BinaryOp(Instruction::UDiv, Op->getOperand(0), X);
4599       }
4600     }
4601     return BinaryOp(Op);
4602 
4603   case Instruction::ExtractValue: {
4604     auto *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(Op);
4605     if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1 || EVI->getIndices()[0] != 0)
4606       break;
4607 
4608     auto *WO = dyn_cast<WithOverflowInst>(EVI->getAggregateOperand());
4609     if (!WO)
4610       break;
4611 
4612     Instruction::BinaryOps BinOp = WO->getBinaryOp();
4613     bool Signed = WO->isSigned();
4614     // TODO: Should add nuw/nsw flags for mul as well.
4615     if (BinOp == Instruction::Mul || !isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(WO, DT))
4616       return BinaryOp(BinOp, WO->getLHS(), WO->getRHS());
4617 
4618     // Now that we know that all uses of the arithmetic-result component of
4619     // CI are guarded by the overflow check, we can go ahead and pretend
4620     // that the arithmetic is non-overflowing.
4621     return BinaryOp(BinOp, WO->getLHS(), WO->getRHS(),
4622                     /* IsNSW = */ Signed, /* IsNUW = */ !Signed);
4623   }
4624 
4625   default:
4626     break;
4627   }
4628 
4629   // Recognise intrinsic loop.decrement.reg, and as this has exactly the same
4630   // semantics as a Sub, return a binary sub expression.
4631   if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(V))
4632     if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::loop_decrement_reg)
4633       return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, II->getOperand(0), II->getOperand(1));
4634 
4635   return None;
4636 }
4637 
4638 /// Helper function to createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts. We have a phi
4639 /// node whose symbolic (unknown) SCEV is \p SymbolicPHI, which is updated via
4640 /// the loop backedge by a SCEVAddExpr, possibly also with a few casts on the
4641 /// way. This function checks if \p Op, an operand of this SCEVAddExpr,
4642 /// follows one of the following patterns:
4643 /// Op == (SExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4644 /// Op == (ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4645 /// If the SCEV expression of \p Op conforms with one of the expected patterns
4646 /// we return the type of the truncation operation, and indicate whether the
4647 /// truncated type should be treated as signed/unsigned by setting
4648 /// \p Signed to true/false, respectively.
4649 static Type *isSimpleCastedPHI(const SCEV *Op, const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI,
4650                                bool &Signed, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4651   // The case where Op == SymbolicPHI (that is, with no type conversions on
4652   // the way) is handled by the regular add recurrence creating logic and
4653   // would have already been triggered in createAddRecForPHI. Reaching it here
4654   // means that createAddRecFromPHI had failed for this PHI before (e.g.,
4655   // because one of the other operands of the SCEVAddExpr updating this PHI is
4656   // not invariant).
4657   //
4658   // Here we look for the case where Op = (ext(trunc(SymbolicPHI))), and in
4659   // this case predicates that allow us to prove that Op == SymbolicPHI will
4660   // be added.
4661   if (Op == SymbolicPHI)
4662     return nullptr;
4663 
4664   unsigned SourceBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(SymbolicPHI->getType());
4665   unsigned NewBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType());
4666   if (SourceBits != NewBits)
4667     return nullptr;
4668 
4669   const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op);
4670   const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op);
4671   if (!SExt && !ZExt)
4672     return nullptr;
4673   const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc =
4674       SExt ? dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(SExt->getOperand())
4675            : dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(ZExt->getOperand());
4676   if (!Trunc)
4677     return nullptr;
4678   const SCEV *X = Trunc->getOperand();
4679   if (X != SymbolicPHI)
4680     return nullptr;
4681   Signed = SExt != nullptr;
4682   return Trunc->getType();
4683 }
4684 
4685 static const Loop *isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(const PHINode *PN, LoopInfo &LI) {
4686   if (!PN->getType()->isIntegerTy())
4687     return nullptr;
4688   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4689   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4690     return nullptr;
4691   return L;
4692 }
4693 
4694 // Analyze \p SymbolicPHI, a SCEV expression of a phi node, and check if the
4695 // computation that updates the phi follows the following pattern:
4696 //   (SExt/ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy) + InvariantAccum
4697 // which correspond to a phi->trunc->sext/zext->add->phi update chain.
4698 // If so, try to see if it can be rewritten as an AddRecExpr under some
4699 // Predicates. If successful, return them as a pair. Also cache the results
4700 // of the analysis.
4701 //
4702 // Example usage scenario:
4703 //    Say the Rewriter is called for the following SCEV:
4704 //         8 * ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4705 //    where:
4706 //         %X = phi i64 (%Start, %BEValue)
4707 //    It will visitMul->visitAdd->visitSExt->visitTrunc->visitUnknown(%X),
4708 //    and call this function with %SymbolicPHI = %X.
4709 //
4710 //    The analysis will find that the value coming around the backedge has
4711 //    the following SCEV:
4712 //         BEValue = ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4713 //    Upon concluding that this matches the desired pattern, the function
4714 //    will return the pair {NewAddRec, SmallPredsVec} where:
4715 //         NewAddRec = {%Start,+,%Step}
4716 //         SmallPredsVec = {P1, P2, P3} as follows:
4717 //           P1(WrapPred): AR: {trunc(%Start),+,(trunc %Step)}<nsw> Flags: <nssw>
4718 //           P2(EqualPred): %Start == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Start to i32) to i64)
4719 //           P3(EqualPred): %Step == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Step to i32) to i64)
4720 //    The returned pair means that SymbolicPHI can be rewritten into NewAddRec
4721 //    under the predicates {P1,P2,P3}.
4722 //    This predicated rewrite will be cached in PredicatedSCEVRewrites:
4723 //         PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{%X,L}] = {NewAddRec, {P1,P2,P3)}
4724 //
4725 // TODO's:
4726 //
4727 // 1) Extend the Induction descriptor to also support inductions that involve
4728 //    casts: When needed (namely, when we are called in the context of the
4729 //    vectorizer induction analysis), a Set of cast instructions will be
4730 //    populated by this method, and provided back to isInductionPHI. This is
4731 //    needed to allow the vectorizer to properly record them to be ignored by
4732 //    the cost model and to avoid vectorizing them (otherwise these casts,
4733 //    which are redundant under the runtime overflow checks, will be
4734 //    vectorized, which can be costly).
4735 //
4736 // 2) Support additional induction/PHISCEV patterns: We also want to support
4737 //    inductions where the sext-trunc / zext-trunc operations (partly) occur
4738 //    after the induction update operation (the induction increment):
4739 //
4740 //      (Trunc iy (SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPHI + InvariantAccum) to iy) to ix)
4741 //    which correspond to a phi->add->trunc->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4742 //
4743 //      (Trunc iy ((SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPhi) to iy) + InvariantAccum) to ix)
4744 //    which correspond to a phi->trunc->add->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4745 //
4746 // 3) Outline common code with createAddRecFromPHI to avoid duplication.
4747 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4748 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4749   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4750 
4751   // *** Part1: Analyze if we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we can
4752   // return an AddRec expression under some predicate.
4753 
4754   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4755   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4756   assert(L && "Expecting an integer loop header phi");
4757 
4758   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4759   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4760   // backedge value.
4761   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4762   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4763     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4764     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4765       if (!BEValueV) {
4766         BEValueV = V;
4767       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4768         BEValueV = nullptr;
4769         break;
4770       }
4771     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4772       StartValueV = V;
4773     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4774       StartValueV = nullptr;
4775       break;
4776     }
4777   }
4778   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4779     return None;
4780 
4781   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4782 
4783   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4784   // value we just inserted, possibly with casts that we can ignore under
4785   // an appropriate runtime guard, then we found a simple induction variable!
4786   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue);
4787   if (!Add)
4788     return None;
4789 
4790   // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, possibly
4791   // casted, replace it with a recurrence.
4792   unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4793   Type *TruncTy = nullptr;
4794   bool Signed;
4795   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4796     if ((TruncTy =
4797              isSimpleCastedPHI(Add->getOperand(i), SymbolicPHI, Signed, *this)))
4798       if (FoundIndex == e) {
4799         FoundIndex = i;
4800         break;
4801       }
4802 
4803   if (FoundIndex == Add->getNumOperands())
4804     return None;
4805 
4806   // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4807   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4808   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4809     if (i != FoundIndex)
4810       Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
4811   const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
4812 
4813   // The runtime checks will not be valid if the step amount is
4814   // varying inside the loop.
4815   if (!isLoopInvariant(Accum, L))
4816     return None;
4817 
4818   // *** Part2: Create the predicates
4819 
4820   // Analysis was successful: we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we
4821   // can return an AddRec expression under the following predicates:
4822   //
4823   // P1: A Wrap predicate that guarantees that Trunc(Start) + i*Trunc(Accum)
4824   //     fits within the truncated type (does not overflow) for i = 0 to n-1.
4825   // P2: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4826   //     Start = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy)
4827   // P3: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4828   //     Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4829   //
4830   // As we next prove, the above predicates guarantee that:
4831   //     Start + i*Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ( Start + i*Accum ) to ix) to iy)
4832   //
4833   //
4834   // More formally, we want to prove that:
4835   //     Expr(i+1) = Start + (i+1) * Accum
4836   //               = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4837   //
4838   // Given that:
4839   // 1) Expr(0) = Start
4840   // 2) Expr(1) = Start + Accum
4841   //            = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy) + Accum :: from P2
4842   // 3) Induction hypothesis (step i):
4843   //    Expr(i) = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4844   //
4845   // Proof:
4846   //  Expr(i+1) =
4847   //   = Start + (i+1)*Accum
4848   //   = (Start + i*Accum) + Accum
4849   //   = Expr(i) + Accum
4850   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4851   //                                                             :: from step i
4852   //
4853   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4854   //
4855   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy)
4856   //     + (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4857   //     + Accum                                                     :: from P3
4858   //
4859   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ((Start + (i-1)*Accum) + Accum) to ix) to iy)
4860   //     + Accum                            :: from P1: Ext(x)+Ext(y)=>Ext(x+y)
4861   //
4862   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + i*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4863   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4864   //
4865   // By induction, the same applies to all iterations 1<=i<n:
4866   //
4867 
4868   // Create a truncated addrec for which we will add a no overflow check (P1).
4869   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4870   const SCEV *PHISCEV =
4871       getAddRecExpr(getTruncateExpr(StartVal, TruncTy),
4872                     getTruncateExpr(Accum, TruncTy), L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4873 
4874   // PHISCEV can be either a SCEVConstant or a SCEVAddRecExpr.
4875   // ex: If truncated Accum is 0 and StartVal is a constant, then PHISCEV
4876   // will be constant.
4877   //
4878   //  If PHISCEV is a constant, then P1 degenerates into P2 or P3, so we don't
4879   // add P1.
4880   if (const auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(PHISCEV)) {
4881     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags =
4882         Signed ? SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW
4883                : SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW;
4884     const SCEVPredicate *AddRecPred = getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
4885     Predicates.push_back(AddRecPred);
4886   }
4887 
4888   // Create the Equal Predicates P2,P3:
4889 
4890   // It is possible that the predicates P2 and/or P3 are computable at
4891   // compile time due to StartVal and/or Accum being constants.
4892   // If either one is, then we can check that now and escape if either P2
4893   // or P3 is false.
4894 
4895   // Construct the extended SCEV: (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy)
4896   // for each of StartVal and Accum
4897   auto getExtendedExpr = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4898                              bool CreateSignExtend) -> const SCEV * {
4899     assert(isLoopInvariant(Expr, L) && "Expr is expected to be invariant");
4900     const SCEV *TruncatedExpr = getTruncateExpr(Expr, TruncTy);
4901     const SCEV *ExtendedExpr =
4902         CreateSignExtend ? getSignExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType())
4903                          : getZeroExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType());
4904     return ExtendedExpr;
4905   };
4906 
4907   // Given:
4908   //  ExtendedExpr = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy
4909   //               = getExtendedExpr(Expr)
4910   // Determine whether the predicate P: Expr == ExtendedExpr
4911   // is known to be false at compile time
4912   auto PredIsKnownFalse = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4913                               const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> bool {
4914     return Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4915            isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4916   };
4917 
4918   const SCEV *StartExtended = getExtendedExpr(StartVal, Signed);
4919   if (PredIsKnownFalse(StartVal, StartExtended)) {
4920     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "P2 is compile-time false\n";);
4921     return None;
4922   }
4923 
4924   // The Step is always Signed (because the overflow checks are either
4925   // NSSW or NUSW)
4926   const SCEV *AccumExtended = getExtendedExpr(Accum, /*CreateSignExtend=*/true);
4927   if (PredIsKnownFalse(Accum, AccumExtended)) {
4928     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "P3 is compile-time false\n";);
4929     return None;
4930   }
4931 
4932   auto AppendPredicate = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4933                              const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> void {
4934     if (Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4935         !isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Expr, ExtendedExpr)) {
4936       const SCEVPredicate *Pred = getEqualPredicate(Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4937       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Added Predicate: " << *Pred);
4938       Predicates.push_back(Pred);
4939     }
4940   };
4941 
4942   AppendPredicate(StartVal, StartExtended);
4943   AppendPredicate(Accum, AccumExtended);
4944 
4945   // *** Part3: Predicates are ready. Now go ahead and create the new addrec in
4946   // which the casts had been folded away. The caller can rewrite SymbolicPHI
4947   // into NewAR if it will also add the runtime overflow checks specified in
4948   // Predicates.
4949   auto *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4950 
4951   std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> PredRewrite =
4952       std::make_pair(NewAR, Predicates);
4953   // Remember the result of the analysis for this SCEV at this locayyytion.
4954   PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = PredRewrite;
4955   return PredRewrite;
4956 }
4957 
4958 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4959 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4960   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4961   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4962   if (!L)
4963     return None;
4964 
4965   // Check to see if we already analyzed this PHI.
4966   auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.find({SymbolicPHI, L});
4967   if (I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end()) {
4968     std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> Rewrite =
4969         I->second;
4970     // Analysis was done before and failed to create an AddRec:
4971     if (Rewrite.first == SymbolicPHI)
4972       return None;
4973     // Analysis was done before and succeeded to create an AddRec under
4974     // a predicate:
4975     assert(isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Rewrite.first) && "Expected an AddRec");
4976     assert(!(Rewrite.second).empty() && "Expected to find Predicates");
4977     return Rewrite;
4978   }
4979 
4980   Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4981     Rewrite = createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(SymbolicPHI);
4982 
4983   // Record in the cache that the analysis failed
4984   if (!Rewrite) {
4985     SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4986     PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = {SymbolicPHI, Predicates};
4987     return None;
4988   }
4989 
4990   return Rewrite;
4991 }
4992 
4993 // FIXME: This utility is currently required because the Rewriter currently
4994 // does not rewrite this expression:
4995 // {0, +, (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)}
4996 // into {0, +, %step},
4997 // even when the following Equal predicate exists:
4998 // "%step == (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)".
4999 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::areAddRecsEqualWithPreds(
5000     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR1, const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR2) const {
5001   if (AR1 == AR2)
5002     return true;
5003 
5004   auto areExprsEqual = [&](const SCEV *Expr1, const SCEV *Expr2) -> bool {
5005     if (Expr1 != Expr2 && !Preds.implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr1, Expr2)) &&
5006         !Preds.implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr2, Expr1)))
5007       return false;
5008     return true;
5009   };
5010 
5011   if (!areExprsEqual(AR1->getStart(), AR2->getStart()) ||
5012       !areExprsEqual(AR1->getStepRecurrence(SE), AR2->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
5013     return false;
5014   return true;
5015 }
5016 
5017 /// A helper function for createAddRecFromPHI to handle simple cases.
5018 ///
5019 /// This function tries to find an AddRec expression for the simplest (yet most
5020 /// common) cases: PN = PHI(Start, OP(Self, LoopInvariant)).
5021 /// If it fails, createAddRecFromPHI will use a more general, but slow,
5022 /// technique for finding the AddRec expression.
5023 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSimpleAffineAddRec(PHINode *PN,
5024                                                       Value *BEValueV,
5025                                                       Value *StartValueV) {
5026   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
5027   assert(L && L->getHeader() == PN->getParent());
5028   assert(BEValueV && StartValueV);
5029 
5030   auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT);
5031   if (!BO)
5032     return nullptr;
5033 
5034   if (BO->Opcode != Instruction::Add)
5035     return nullptr;
5036 
5037   const SCEV *Accum = nullptr;
5038   if (BO->LHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->RHS))
5039     Accum = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
5040   else if (BO->RHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->LHS))
5041     Accum = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5042 
5043   if (!Accum)
5044     return nullptr;
5045 
5046   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5047   if (BO->IsNUW)
5048     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5049   if (BO->IsNSW)
5050     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5051 
5052   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
5053   const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
5054 
5055   ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
5056 
5057   // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
5058   // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
5059   // overflow.
5060   if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
5061     if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
5062       (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
5063 
5064   return PHISCEV;
5065 }
5066 
5067 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHI(PHINode *PN) {
5068   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
5069   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
5070     return nullptr;
5071 
5072   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
5073   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
5074   // backedge value.
5075   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
5076   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
5077     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
5078     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
5079       if (!BEValueV) {
5080         BEValueV = V;
5081       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
5082         BEValueV = nullptr;
5083         break;
5084       }
5085     } else if (!StartValueV) {
5086       StartValueV = V;
5087     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
5088       StartValueV = nullptr;
5089       break;
5090     }
5091   }
5092   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
5093     return nullptr;
5094 
5095   assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() &&
5096          "PHI node already processed?");
5097 
5098   // First, try to find AddRec expression without creating a fictituos symbolic
5099   // value for PN.
5100   if (auto *S = createSimpleAffineAddRec(PN, BEValueV, StartValueV))
5101     return S;
5102 
5103   // Handle PHI node value symbolically.
5104   const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
5105   ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName});
5106 
5107   // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
5108   // the back-edge.
5109   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
5110 
5111   // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
5112   // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
5113 
5114   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
5115   // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
5116   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
5117     // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
5118     // with a recurrence.
5119     unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
5120     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5121       if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
5122         if (FoundIndex == e) {
5123           FoundIndex = i;
5124           break;
5125         }
5126 
5127     if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
5128       // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
5129       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
5130       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5131         if (i != FoundIndex)
5132           Ops.push_back(SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::rewrite(Add->getOperand(i),
5133                                                              L, *this));
5134       const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
5135 
5136       // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
5137       // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
5138       if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) ||
5139           (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
5140            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
5141         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5142 
5143         if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT)) {
5144           if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Add && BO->LHS == PN) {
5145             if (BO->IsNUW)
5146               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5147             if (BO->IsNSW)
5148               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5149           }
5150         } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) {
5151           // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address
5152           // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee
5153           // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are
5154           // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base
5155           // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the
5156           // indices form a positive value.
5157           if (GEP->isInBounds() && GEP->getOperand(0) == PN) {
5158             Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
5159 
5160             const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
5161             if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr)))
5162               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5163           }
5164 
5165           // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
5166           // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
5167           // for instance.
5168         }
5169 
5170         const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
5171         const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
5172 
5173         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
5174         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
5175         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
5176         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
5177         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
5178 
5179         // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
5180         // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
5181         // overflow.
5182         if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
5183           if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
5184             (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
5185 
5186         return PHISCEV;
5187       }
5188     }
5189   } else {
5190     // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
5191     //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
5192     // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
5193     // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
5194     // i really is an addrec evolution.
5195     //
5196     // We can generalize this saying that i is the shifted value of BEValue
5197     // by one iteration:
5198     //   PHI(f(0), f({1,+,1})) --> f({0,+,1})
5199     const SCEV *Shifted = SCEVShiftRewriter::rewrite(BEValue, L, *this);
5200     const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(Shifted, L, *this, false);
5201     if (Shifted != getCouldNotCompute() &&
5202         Start != getCouldNotCompute()) {
5203       const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
5204       if (Start == StartVal) {
5205         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
5206         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
5207         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
5208         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
5209         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = Shifted;
5210         return Shifted;
5211       }
5212     }
5213   }
5214 
5215   // Remove the temporary PHI node SCEV that has been inserted while intending
5216   // to create an AddRecExpr for this PHI node. We can not keep this temporary
5217   // as it will prevent later (possibly simpler) SCEV expressions to be added
5218   // to the ValueExprMap.
5219   eraseValueFromMap(PN);
5220 
5221   return nullptr;
5222 }
5223 
5224 // Checks if the SCEV S is available at BB.  S is considered available at BB
5225 // if S can be materialized at BB without introducing a fault.
5226 static bool IsAvailableOnEntry(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, const SCEV *S,
5227                                BasicBlock *BB) {
5228   struct CheckAvailable {
5229     bool TraversalDone = false;
5230     bool Available = true;
5231 
5232     const Loop *L = nullptr;  // The loop BB is in (can be nullptr)
5233     BasicBlock *BB = nullptr;
5234     DominatorTree &DT;
5235 
5236     CheckAvailable(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree &DT)
5237       : L(L), BB(BB), DT(DT) {}
5238 
5239     bool setUnavailable() {
5240       TraversalDone = true;
5241       Available = false;
5242       return false;
5243     }
5244 
5245     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
5246       switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
5247       case scConstant:
5248       case scPtrToInt:
5249       case scTruncate:
5250       case scZeroExtend:
5251       case scSignExtend:
5252       case scAddExpr:
5253       case scMulExpr:
5254       case scUMaxExpr:
5255       case scSMaxExpr:
5256       case scUMinExpr:
5257       case scSMinExpr:
5258         // These expressions are available if their operand(s) is/are.
5259         return true;
5260 
5261       case scAddRecExpr: {
5262         // We allow add recurrences that are on the loop BB is in, or some
5263         // outer loop.  This guarantees availability because the value of the
5264         // add recurrence at BB is simply the "current" value of the induction
5265         // variable.  We can relax this in the future; for instance an add
5266         // recurrence on a sibling dominating loop is also available at BB.
5267         const auto *ARLoop = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)->getLoop();
5268         if (L && (ARLoop == L || ARLoop->contains(L)))
5269           return true;
5270 
5271         return setUnavailable();
5272       }
5273 
5274       case scUnknown: {
5275         // For SCEVUnknown, we check for simple dominance.
5276         const auto *SU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
5277         Value *V = SU->getValue();
5278 
5279         if (isa<Argument>(V))
5280           return false;
5281 
5282         if (isa<Instruction>(V) && DT.dominates(cast<Instruction>(V), BB))
5283           return false;
5284 
5285         return setUnavailable();
5286       }
5287 
5288       case scUDivExpr:
5289       case scCouldNotCompute:
5290         // We do not try to smart about these at all.
5291         return setUnavailable();
5292       }
5293       llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
5294     }
5295 
5296     bool isDone() { return TraversalDone; }
5297   };
5298 
5299   CheckAvailable CA(L, BB, DT);
5300   SCEVTraversal<CheckAvailable> ST(CA);
5301 
5302   ST.visitAll(S);
5303   return CA.Available;
5304 }
5305 
5306 // Try to match a control flow sequence that branches out at BI and merges back
5307 // at Merge into a "C ? LHS : RHS" select pattern.  Return true on a successful
5308 // match.
5309 static bool BrPHIToSelect(DominatorTree &DT, BranchInst *BI, PHINode *Merge,
5310                           Value *&C, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) {
5311   C = BI->getCondition();
5312 
5313   BasicBlockEdge LeftEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(0));
5314   BasicBlockEdge RightEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1));
5315 
5316   if (!LeftEdge.isSingleEdge())
5317     return false;
5318 
5319   assert(RightEdge.isSingleEdge() && "Follows from LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()");
5320 
5321   Use &LeftUse = Merge->getOperandUse(0);
5322   Use &RightUse = Merge->getOperandUse(1);
5323 
5324   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, LeftUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, RightUse)) {
5325     LHS = LeftUse;
5326     RHS = RightUse;
5327     return true;
5328   }
5329 
5330   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, RightUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, LeftUse)) {
5331     LHS = RightUse;
5332     RHS = LeftUse;
5333     return true;
5334   }
5335 
5336   return false;
5337 }
5338 
5339 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PHINode *PN) {
5340   auto IsReachable =
5341       [&](BasicBlock *BB) { return DT.isReachableFromEntry(BB); };
5342   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && all_of(PN->blocks(), IsReachable)) {
5343     const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
5344 
5345     // We don't want to break LCSSA, even in a SCEV expression tree.
5346     for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
5347       if (LI.getLoopFor(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)) != L)
5348         return nullptr;
5349 
5350     // Try to match
5351     //
5352     //  br %cond, label %left, label %right
5353     // left:
5354     //  br label %merge
5355     // right:
5356     //  br label %merge
5357     // merge:
5358     //  V = phi [ %x, %left ], [ %y, %right ]
5359     //
5360     // as "select %cond, %x, %y"
5361 
5362     BasicBlock *IDom = DT[PN->getParent()]->getIDom()->getBlock();
5363     assert(IDom && "At least the entry block should dominate PN");
5364 
5365     auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(IDom->getTerminator());
5366     Value *Cond = nullptr, *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
5367 
5368     if (BI && BI->isConditional() &&
5369         BrPHIToSelect(DT, BI, PN, Cond, LHS, RHS) &&
5370         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(LHS), PN->getParent()) &&
5371         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(RHS), PN->getParent()))
5372       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(PN, Cond, LHS, RHS);
5373   }
5374 
5375   return nullptr;
5376 }
5377 
5378 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
5379   if (const SCEV *S = createAddRecFromPHI(PN))
5380     return S;
5381 
5382   if (const SCEV *S = createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PN))
5383     return S;
5384 
5385   // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the
5386   // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so
5387   // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but
5388   // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases.
5389   if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, {getDataLayout(), &TLI, &DT, &AC}))
5390     if (LI.replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V))
5391       return getSCEV(V);
5392 
5393   // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
5394   return getUnknown(PN);
5395 }
5396 
5397 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHI(Instruction *I,
5398                                                       Value *Cond,
5399                                                       Value *TrueVal,
5400                                                       Value *FalseVal) {
5401   // Handle "constant" branch or select. This can occur for instance when a
5402   // loop pass transforms an inner loop and moves on to process the outer loop.
5403   if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond))
5404     return getSCEV(CI->isOne() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
5405 
5406   // Try to match some simple smax or umax patterns.
5407   auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond);
5408   if (!ICI)
5409     return getUnknown(I);
5410 
5411   Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
5412   Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
5413 
5414   switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
5415   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
5416   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
5417     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5418     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5419   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
5420   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
5421     // a >s b ? a+x : b+x  ->  smax(a, b)+x
5422     // a >s b ? b+x : a+x  ->  smin(a, b)+x
5423     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5424       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5425       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5426       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5427       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5428       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5429       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5430       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5431         return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5432       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5433       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5434       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5435         return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5436     }
5437     break;
5438   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
5439   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
5440     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5441     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5442   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
5443   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
5444     // a >u b ? a+x : b+x  ->  umax(a, b)+x
5445     // a >u b ? b+x : a+x  ->  umin(a, b)+x
5446     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5447       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5448       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5449       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5450       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5451       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5452       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5453       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5454         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5455       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5456       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5457       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5458         return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5459     }
5460     break;
5461   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
5462     // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5463     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5464         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5465       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5466       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5467       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5468       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5469       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5470       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One);
5471       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5472         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5473     }
5474     break;
5475   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
5476     // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5477     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5478         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5479       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5480       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5481       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5482       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5483       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One);
5484       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5485       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5486         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5487     }
5488     break;
5489   default:
5490     break;
5491   }
5492 
5493   return getUnknown(I);
5494 }
5495 
5496 /// Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply operations. This allows them
5497 /// to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
5498 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
5499   // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects.
5500   if (!GEP->getSourceElementType()->isSized())
5501     return getUnknown(GEP);
5502 
5503   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> IndexExprs;
5504   for (auto Index = GEP->idx_begin(); Index != GEP->idx_end(); ++Index)
5505     IndexExprs.push_back(getSCEV(*Index));
5506   return getGEPExpr(GEP, IndexExprs);
5507 }
5508 
5509 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(const SCEV *S) {
5510   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5511     return C->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
5512 
5513   if (const SCEVPtrToIntExpr *I = dyn_cast<SCEVPtrToIntExpr>(S))
5514     return GetMinTrailingZeros(I->getOperand());
5515 
5516   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
5517     return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()),
5518                     (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType()));
5519 
5520   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5521     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5522     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5523                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5524                : OpRes;
5525   }
5526 
5527   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5528     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5529     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5530                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5531                : OpRes;
5532   }
5533 
5534   if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5535     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5536     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5537     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5538       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5539     return MinOpRes;
5540   }
5541 
5542   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5543     // The result is the sum of all operands results.
5544     uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5545     uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType());
5546     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands();
5547          SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i)
5548       SumOpRes =
5549           std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), BitWidth);
5550     return SumOpRes;
5551   }
5552 
5553   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5554     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5555     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5556     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5557       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5558     return MinOpRes;
5559   }
5560 
5561   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5562     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5563     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5564     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5565       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5566     return MinOpRes;
5567   }
5568 
5569   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5570     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5571     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5572     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5573       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5574     return MinOpRes;
5575   }
5576 
5577   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5578     // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5579     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), getDataLayout(), 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5580     return Known.countMinTrailingZeros();
5581   }
5582 
5583   // SCEVUDivExpr
5584   return 0;
5585 }
5586 
5587 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
5588   auto I = MinTrailingZerosCache.find(S);
5589   if (I != MinTrailingZerosCache.end())
5590     return I->second;
5591 
5592   uint32_t Result = GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(S);
5593   auto InsertPair = MinTrailingZerosCache.insert({S, Result});
5594   assert(InsertPair.second && "Should insert a new key");
5595   return InsertPair.first->second;
5596 }
5597 
5598 /// Helper method to assign a range to V from metadata present in the IR.
5599 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) {
5600   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
5601     if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
5602       return getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*MD);
5603 
5604   return None;
5605 }
5606 
5607 void ScalarEvolution::setNoWrapFlags(SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec,
5608                                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
5609   if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(Flags) != Flags) {
5610     AddRec->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
5611     UnsignedRanges.erase(AddRec);
5612     SignedRanges.erase(AddRec);
5613   }
5614 }
5615 
5616 /// Determine the range for a particular SCEV.  If SignHint is
5617 /// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges
5618 /// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation.
5619 const ConstantRange &
5620 ScalarEvolution::getRangeRef(const SCEV *S,
5621                              ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
5622   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache =
5623       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges
5624                                                        : SignedRanges;
5625   ConstantRange::PreferredRangeType RangeType =
5626       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED
5627           ? ConstantRange::Unsigned : ConstantRange::Signed;
5628 
5629   // See if we've computed this range already.
5630   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = Cache.find(S);
5631   if (I != Cache.end())
5632     return I->second;
5633 
5634   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5635     return setRange(C, SignHint, ConstantRange(C->getAPInt()));
5636 
5637   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
5638   ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
5639   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
5640 
5641   // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros
5642   // as well.
5643   uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
5644   if (TZ != 0) {
5645     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED)
5646       ConservativeResult =
5647           ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
5648                         APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5649     else
5650       ConservativeResult = ConstantRange(
5651           APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5652           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5653   }
5654 
5655   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5656     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5657     unsigned WrapType = OBO::AnyWrap;
5658     if (Add->hasNoSignedWrap())
5659       WrapType |= OBO::NoSignedWrap;
5660     if (Add->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5661       WrapType |= OBO::NoUnsignedWrap;
5662     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5663       X = X.addWithNoWrap(getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(i), SignHint),
5664                           WrapType, RangeType);
5665     return setRange(Add, SignHint,
5666                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X, RangeType));
5667   }
5668 
5669   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5670     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5671     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5672       X = X.multiply(getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5673     return setRange(Mul, SignHint,
5674                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X, RangeType));
5675   }
5676 
5677   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5678     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5679     for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5680       X = X.smax(getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5681     return setRange(SMax, SignHint,
5682                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X, RangeType));
5683   }
5684 
5685   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5686     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5687     for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5688       X = X.umax(getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5689     return setRange(UMax, SignHint,
5690                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X, RangeType));
5691   }
5692 
5693   if (const SCEVSMinExpr *SMin = dyn_cast<SCEVSMinExpr>(S)) {
5694     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SMin->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5695     for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMin->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5696       X = X.smin(getRangeRef(SMin->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5697     return setRange(SMin, SignHint,
5698                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X, RangeType));
5699   }
5700 
5701   if (const SCEVUMinExpr *UMin = dyn_cast<SCEVUMinExpr>(S)) {
5702     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UMin->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5703     for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMin->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5704       X = X.umin(getRangeRef(UMin->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5705     return setRange(UMin, SignHint,
5706                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X, RangeType));
5707   }
5708 
5709   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
5710     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UDiv->getLHS(), SignHint);
5711     ConstantRange Y = getRangeRef(UDiv->getRHS(), SignHint);
5712     return setRange(UDiv, SignHint,
5713                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y), RangeType));
5714   }
5715 
5716   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5717     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(ZExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5718     return setRange(ZExt, SignHint,
5719                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth),
5720                                                      RangeType));
5721   }
5722 
5723   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5724     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5725     return setRange(SExt, SignHint,
5726                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth),
5727                                                      RangeType));
5728   }
5729 
5730   if (const SCEVPtrToIntExpr *PtrToInt = dyn_cast<SCEVPtrToIntExpr>(S)) {
5731     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(PtrToInt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5732     return setRange(PtrToInt, SignHint, X);
5733   }
5734 
5735   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
5736     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Trunc->getOperand(), SignHint);
5737     return setRange(Trunc, SignHint,
5738                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth),
5739                                                      RangeType));
5740   }
5741 
5742   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5743     // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
5744     // initial value.
5745     if (AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
5746       APInt UnsignedMinValue = getUnsignedRangeMin(AddRec->getStart());
5747       if (!UnsignedMinValue.isNullValue())
5748         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5749             ConstantRange(UnsignedMinValue, APInt(BitWidth, 0)), RangeType);
5750     }
5751 
5752     // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands except initial value have
5753     // the same sign or zero, the value won't ever be:
5754     // 1: smaller than initial value if operands are non negative,
5755     // 2: bigger than initial value if operands are non positive.
5756     // For both cases, value can not cross signed min/max boundary.
5757     if (AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
5758       bool AllNonNeg = true;
5759       bool AllNonPos = true;
5760       for (unsigned i = 1, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5761         if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i)))
5762           AllNonNeg = false;
5763         if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i)))
5764           AllNonPos = false;
5765       }
5766       if (AllNonNeg)
5767         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5768             ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(getSignedRangeMin(AddRec->getStart()),
5769                                        APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)),
5770             RangeType);
5771       else if (AllNonPos)
5772         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5773             ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(
5774                 APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5775                 getSignedRangeMax(AddRec->getStart()) + 1),
5776             RangeType);
5777     }
5778 
5779     // TODO: non-affine addrec
5780     if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
5781       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
5782       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5783           getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
5784         auto RangeFromAffine = getRangeForAffineAR(
5785             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5786             BitWidth);
5787         ConservativeResult =
5788             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromAffine, RangeType);
5789 
5790         auto RangeFromFactoring = getRangeViaFactoring(
5791             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5792             BitWidth);
5793         ConservativeResult =
5794             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromFactoring, RangeType);
5795       }
5796 
5797       // Now try symbolic BE count and more powerful methods.
5798       if (UseExpensiveRangeSharpening) {
5799         const SCEV *SymbolicMaxBECount =
5800             getSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
5801         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SymbolicMaxBECount) &&
5802             getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth &&
5803             AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap()) {
5804           auto RangeFromAffineNew = getRangeForAffineNoSelfWrappingAR(
5805               AddRec, SymbolicMaxBECount, BitWidth, SignHint);
5806           ConservativeResult =
5807               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromAffineNew, RangeType);
5808         }
5809       }
5810     }
5811 
5812     return setRange(AddRec, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5813   }
5814 
5815   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5816     // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
5817     Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue());
5818     if (MDRange.hasValue())
5819       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue(),
5820                                                             RangeType);
5821 
5822     // Split here to avoid paying the compile-time cost of calling both
5823     // computeKnownBits and ComputeNumSignBits.  This restriction can be lifted
5824     // if needed.
5825     const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
5826     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) {
5827       // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5828       KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5829       if (Known.getBitWidth() != BitWidth)
5830         Known = Known.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth);
5831       // If Known does not result in full-set, intersect with it.
5832       if (Known.getMinValue() != Known.getMaxValue() + 1)
5833         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5834             ConstantRange(Known.getMinValue(), Known.getMaxValue() + 1),
5835             RangeType);
5836     } else {
5837       assert(SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_SIGNED &&
5838              "generalize as needed!");
5839       unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5840       // If the pointer size is larger than the index size type, this can cause
5841       // NS to be larger than BitWidth. So compensate for this.
5842       if (U->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
5843         unsigned ptrSize = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(U->getType());
5844         int ptrIdxDiff = ptrSize - BitWidth;
5845         if (ptrIdxDiff > 0 && ptrSize > BitWidth && NS > (unsigned)ptrIdxDiff)
5846           NS -= ptrIdxDiff;
5847       }
5848 
5849       if (NS > 1)
5850         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5851             ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
5852                           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1) + 1),
5853             RangeType);
5854     }
5855 
5856     // A range of Phi is a subset of union of all ranges of its input.
5857     if (const PHINode *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U->getValue())) {
5858       // Make sure that we do not run over cycled Phis.
5859       if (PendingPhiRanges.insert(Phi).second) {
5860         ConstantRange RangeFromOps(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/false);
5861         for (auto &Op : Phi->operands()) {
5862           auto OpRange = getRangeRef(getSCEV(Op), SignHint);
5863           RangeFromOps = RangeFromOps.unionWith(OpRange);
5864           // No point to continue if we already have a full set.
5865           if (RangeFromOps.isFullSet())
5866             break;
5867         }
5868         ConservativeResult =
5869             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromOps, RangeType);
5870         bool Erased = PendingPhiRanges.erase(Phi);
5871         assert(Erased && "Failed to erase Phi properly?");
5872         (void) Erased;
5873       }
5874     }
5875 
5876     return setRange(U, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5877   }
5878 
5879   return setRange(S, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5880 }
5881 
5882 // Given a StartRange, Step and MaxBECount for an expression compute a range of
5883 // values that the expression can take. Initially, the expression has a value
5884 // from StartRange and then is changed by Step up to MaxBECount times. Signed
5885 // argument defines if we treat Step as signed or unsigned.
5886 static ConstantRange getRangeForAffineARHelper(APInt Step,
5887                                                const ConstantRange &StartRange,
5888                                                const APInt &MaxBECount,
5889                                                unsigned BitWidth, bool Signed) {
5890   // If either Step or MaxBECount is 0, then the expression won't change, and we
5891   // just need to return the initial range.
5892   if (Step == 0 || MaxBECount == 0)
5893     return StartRange;
5894 
5895   // If we don't know anything about the initial value (i.e. StartRange is
5896   // FullRange), then we don't know anything about the final range either.
5897   // Return FullRange.
5898   if (StartRange.isFullSet())
5899     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
5900 
5901   // If Step is signed and negative, then we use its absolute value, but we also
5902   // note that we're moving in the opposite direction.
5903   bool Descending = Signed && Step.isNegative();
5904 
5905   if (Signed)
5906     // This is correct even for INT_SMIN. Let's look at i8 to illustrate this:
5907     // abs(INT_SMIN) = abs(-128) = abs(0x80) = -0x80 = 0x80 = 128.
5908     // This equations hold true due to the well-defined wrap-around behavior of
5909     // APInt.
5910     Step = Step.abs();
5911 
5912   // Check if Offset is more than full span of BitWidth. If it is, the
5913   // expression is guaranteed to overflow.
5914   if (APInt::getMaxValue(StartRange.getBitWidth()).udiv(Step).ult(MaxBECount))
5915     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
5916 
5917   // Offset is by how much the expression can change. Checks above guarantee no
5918   // overflow here.
5919   APInt Offset = Step * MaxBECount;
5920 
5921   // Minimum value of the final range will match the minimal value of StartRange
5922   // if the expression is increasing and will be decreased by Offset otherwise.
5923   // Maximum value of the final range will match the maximal value of StartRange
5924   // if the expression is decreasing and will be increased by Offset otherwise.
5925   APInt StartLower = StartRange.getLower();
5926   APInt StartUpper = StartRange.getUpper() - 1;
5927   APInt MovedBoundary = Descending ? (StartLower - std::move(Offset))
5928                                    : (StartUpper + std::move(Offset));
5929 
5930   // It's possible that the new minimum/maximum value will fall into the initial
5931   // range (due to wrap around). This means that the expression can take any
5932   // value in this bitwidth, and we have to return full range.
5933   if (StartRange.contains(MovedBoundary))
5934     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
5935 
5936   APInt NewLower =
5937       Descending ? std::move(MovedBoundary) : std::move(StartLower);
5938   APInt NewUpper =
5939       Descending ? std::move(StartUpper) : std::move(MovedBoundary);
5940   NewUpper += 1;
5941 
5942   // No overflow detected, return [StartLower, StartUpper + Offset + 1) range.
5943   return ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(std::move(NewLower), std::move(NewUpper));
5944 }
5945 
5946 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineAR(const SCEV *Start,
5947                                                    const SCEV *Step,
5948                                                    const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5949                                                    unsigned BitWidth) {
5950   assert(!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5951          getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth &&
5952          "Precondition!");
5953 
5954   MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
5955   APInt MaxBECountValue = getUnsignedRangeMax(MaxBECount);
5956 
5957   // First, consider step signed.
5958   ConstantRange StartSRange = getSignedRange(Start);
5959   ConstantRange StepSRange = getSignedRange(Step);
5960 
5961   // If Step can be both positive and negative, we need to find ranges for the
5962   // maximum absolute step values in both directions and union them.
5963   ConstantRange SR =
5964       getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMin(), StartSRange,
5965                                 MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true);
5966   SR = SR.unionWith(getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMax(),
5967                                               StartSRange, MaxBECountValue,
5968                                               BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true));
5969 
5970   // Next, consider step unsigned.
5971   ConstantRange UR = getRangeForAffineARHelper(
5972       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step), getUnsignedRange(Start),
5973       MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ false);
5974 
5975   // Finally, intersect signed and unsigned ranges.
5976   return SR.intersectWith(UR, ConstantRange::Smallest);
5977 }
5978 
5979 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineNoSelfWrappingAR(
5980     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, const SCEV *MaxBECount, unsigned BitWidth,
5981     ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
5982   assert(AddRec->isAffine() && "Non-affine AddRecs are not suppored!\n");
5983   assert(AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
5984          "This only works for non-self-wrapping AddRecs!");
5985   const bool IsSigned = SignHint == HINT_RANGE_SIGNED;
5986   const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this);
5987   // Only deal with constant step to save compile time.
5988   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Step))
5989     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
5990   // Let's make sure that we can prove that we do not self-wrap during
5991   // MaxBECount iterations. We need this because MaxBECount is a maximum
5992   // iteration count estimate, and we might infer nw from some exit for which we
5993   // do not know max exit count (or any other side reasoning).
5994   // TODO: Turn into assert at some point.
5995   MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, AddRec->getType());
5996   const SCEV *RangeWidth = getMinusOne(AddRec->getType());
5997   const SCEV *StepAbs = getUMinExpr(Step, getNegativeSCEV(Step));
5998   const SCEV *MaxItersWithoutWrap = getUDivExpr(RangeWidth, StepAbs);
5999   if (!isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, MaxBECount,
6000                                          MaxItersWithoutWrap))
6001     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
6002 
6003   ICmpInst::Predicate LEPred =
6004       IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
6005   ICmpInst::Predicate GEPred =
6006       IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
6007   const SCEV *End = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(MaxBECount, *this);
6008 
6009   // We know that there is no self-wrap. Let's take Start and End values and
6010   // look at all intermediate values V1, V2, ..., Vn that IndVar takes during
6011   // the iteration. They either lie inside the range [Min(Start, End),
6012   // Max(Start, End)] or outside it:
6013   //
6014   // Case 1:   RangeMin    ...    Start V1 ... VN End ...           RangeMax;
6015   // Case 2:   RangeMin Vk ... V1 Start    ...    End Vn ... Vk + 1 RangeMax;
6016   //
6017   // No self wrap flag guarantees that the intermediate values cannot be BOTH
6018   // outside and inside the range [Min(Start, End), Max(Start, End)]. Using that
6019   // knowledge, let's try to prove that we are dealing with Case 1. It is so if
6020   // Start <= End and step is positive, or Start >= End and step is negative.
6021   const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart();
6022   ConstantRange StartRange = getRangeRef(Start, SignHint);
6023   ConstantRange EndRange = getRangeRef(End, SignHint);
6024   ConstantRange RangeBetween = StartRange.unionWith(EndRange);
6025   // If they already cover full iteration space, we will know nothing useful
6026   // even if we prove what we want to prove.
6027   if (RangeBetween.isFullSet())
6028     return RangeBetween;
6029   // Only deal with ranges that do not wrap (i.e. RangeMin < RangeMax).
6030   bool IsWrappedSet = IsSigned ? RangeBetween.isSignWrappedSet()
6031                                : RangeBetween.isWrappedSet();
6032   if (IsWrappedSet)
6033     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
6034 
6035   if (isKnownPositive(Step) &&
6036       isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(LEPred, Start, End))
6037     return RangeBetween;
6038   else if (isKnownNegative(Step) &&
6039            isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(GEPred, Start, End))
6040     return RangeBetween;
6041   return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
6042 }
6043 
6044 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeViaFactoring(const SCEV *Start,
6045                                                     const SCEV *Step,
6046                                                     const SCEV *MaxBECount,
6047                                                     unsigned BitWidth) {
6048   //    RangeOf({C?A:B,+,C?P:Q}) == RangeOf(C?{A,+,P}:{B,+,Q})
6049   // == RangeOf({A,+,P}) union RangeOf({B,+,Q})
6050 
6051   struct SelectPattern {
6052     Value *Condition = nullptr;
6053     APInt TrueValue;
6054     APInt FalseValue;
6055 
6056     explicit SelectPattern(ScalarEvolution &SE, unsigned BitWidth,
6057                            const SCEV *S) {
6058       Optional<unsigned> CastOp;
6059       APInt Offset(BitWidth, 0);
6060 
6061       assert(SE.getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()) == BitWidth &&
6062              "Should be!");
6063 
6064       // Peel off a constant offset:
6065       if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
6066         // In the future we could consider being smarter here and handle
6067         // {Start+Step,+,Step} too.
6068         if (SA->getNumOperands() != 2 || !isa<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0)))
6069           return;
6070 
6071         Offset = cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
6072         S = SA->getOperand(1);
6073       }
6074 
6075       // Peel off a cast operation
6076       if (auto *SCast = dyn_cast<SCEVIntegralCastExpr>(S)) {
6077         CastOp = SCast->getSCEVType();
6078         S = SCast->getOperand();
6079       }
6080 
6081       using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
6082 
6083       auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
6084       const APInt *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
6085       if (!SU ||
6086           !match(SU->getValue(), m_Select(m_Value(Condition), m_APInt(TrueVal),
6087                                           m_APInt(FalseVal)))) {
6088         Condition = nullptr;
6089         return;
6090       }
6091 
6092       TrueValue = *TrueVal;
6093       FalseValue = *FalseVal;
6094 
6095       // Re-apply the cast we peeled off earlier
6096       if (CastOp.hasValue())
6097         switch (*CastOp) {
6098         default:
6099           llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV cast type!");
6100 
6101         case scTruncate:
6102           TrueValue = TrueValue.trunc(BitWidth);
6103           FalseValue = FalseValue.trunc(BitWidth);
6104           break;
6105         case scZeroExtend:
6106           TrueValue = TrueValue.zext(BitWidth);
6107           FalseValue = FalseValue.zext(BitWidth);
6108           break;
6109         case scSignExtend:
6110           TrueValue = TrueValue.sext(BitWidth);
6111           FalseValue = FalseValue.sext(BitWidth);
6112           break;
6113         }
6114 
6115       // Re-apply the constant offset we peeled off earlier
6116       TrueValue += Offset;
6117       FalseValue += Offset;
6118     }
6119 
6120     bool isRecognized() { return Condition != nullptr; }
6121   };
6122 
6123   SelectPattern StartPattern(*this, BitWidth, Start);
6124   if (!StartPattern.isRecognized())
6125     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
6126 
6127   SelectPattern StepPattern(*this, BitWidth, Step);
6128   if (!StepPattern.isRecognized())
6129     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
6130 
6131   if (StartPattern.Condition != StepPattern.Condition) {
6132     // We don't handle this case today; but we could, by considering four
6133     // possibilities below instead of two. I'm not sure if there are cases where
6134     // that will help over what getRange already does, though.
6135     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
6136   }
6137 
6138   // NB! Calling ScalarEvolution::getConstant is fine, but we should not try to
6139   // construct arbitrary general SCEV expressions here.  This function is called
6140   // from deep in the call stack, and calling getSCEV (on a sext instruction,
6141   // say) can end up caching a suboptimal value.
6142 
6143   // FIXME: without the explicit `this` receiver below, MSVC errors out with
6144   // C2352 and C2512 (otherwise it isn't needed).
6145 
6146   const SCEV *TrueStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.TrueValue);
6147   const SCEV *TrueStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.TrueValue);
6148   const SCEV *FalseStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.FalseValue);
6149   const SCEV *FalseStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.FalseValue);
6150 
6151   ConstantRange TrueRange =
6152       this->getRangeForAffineAR(TrueStart, TrueStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
6153   ConstantRange FalseRange =
6154       this->getRangeForAffineAR(FalseStart, FalseStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
6155 
6156   return TrueRange.unionWith(FalseRange);
6157 }
6158 
6159 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScalarEvolution::getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(const Value *V) {
6160   if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6161   const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
6162 
6163   // Return early if there are no flags to propagate to the SCEV.
6164   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6165   if (BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
6166     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
6167   if (BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())
6168     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
6169   if (Flags == SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)
6170     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6171 
6172   return isSCEVExprNeverPoison(BinOp) ? Flags : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6173 }
6174 
6175 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVExprNeverPoison(const Instruction *I) {
6176   // Here we check that I is in the header of the innermost loop containing I,
6177   // since we only deal with instructions in the loop header. The actual loop we
6178   // need to check later will come from an add recurrence, but getting that
6179   // requires computing the SCEV of the operands, which can be expensive. This
6180   // check we can do cheaply to rule out some cases early.
6181   Loop *InnermostContainingLoop = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
6182   if (InnermostContainingLoop == nullptr ||
6183       InnermostContainingLoop->getHeader() != I->getParent())
6184     return false;
6185 
6186   // Only proceed if we can prove that I does not yield poison.
6187   if (!programUndefinedIfPoison(I))
6188     return false;
6189 
6190   // At this point we know that if I is executed, then it does not wrap
6191   // according to at least one of NSW or NUW. If I is not executed, then we do
6192   // not know if the calculation that I represents would wrap. Multiple
6193   // instructions can map to the same SCEV. If we apply NSW or NUW from I to
6194   // the SCEV, we must guarantee no wrapping for that SCEV also when it is
6195   // derived from other instructions that map to the same SCEV. We cannot make
6196   // that guarantee for cases where I is not executed. So we need to find the
6197   // loop that I is considered in relation to and prove that I is executed for
6198   // every iteration of that loop. That implies that the value that I
6199   // calculates does not wrap anywhere in the loop, so then we can apply the
6200   // flags to the SCEV.
6201   //
6202   // We check isLoopInvariant to disambiguate in case we are adding recurrences
6203   // from different loops, so that we know which loop to prove that I is
6204   // executed in.
6205   for (unsigned OpIndex = 0; OpIndex < I->getNumOperands(); ++OpIndex) {
6206     // I could be an extractvalue from a call to an overflow intrinsic.
6207     // TODO: We can do better here in some cases.
6208     if (!isSCEVable(I->getOperand(OpIndex)->getType()))
6209       return false;
6210     const SCEV *Op = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OpIndex));
6211     if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
6212       bool AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = true;
6213       for (unsigned OtherOpIndex = 0; OtherOpIndex < I->getNumOperands();
6214            ++OtherOpIndex) {
6215         if (OtherOpIndex != OpIndex) {
6216           const SCEV *OtherOp = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OtherOpIndex));
6217           if (!isLoopInvariant(OtherOp, AddRec->getLoop())) {
6218             AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = false;
6219             break;
6220           }
6221         }
6222       }
6223       if (AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant &&
6224           isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(I, AddRec->getLoop()))
6225         return true;
6226     }
6227   }
6228   return false;
6229 }
6230 
6231 bool ScalarEvolution::isAddRecNeverPoison(const Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
6232   // If we know that \c I can never be poison period, then that's enough.
6233   if (isSCEVExprNeverPoison(I))
6234     return true;
6235 
6236   // For an add recurrence specifically, we assume that infinite loops without
6237   // side effects are undefined behavior, and then reason as follows:
6238   //
6239   // If the add recurrence is poison in any iteration, it is poison on all
6240   // future iterations (since incrementing poison yields poison). If the result
6241   // of the add recurrence is fed into the loop latch condition and the loop
6242   // does not contain any throws or exiting blocks other than the latch, we now
6243   // have the ability to "choose" whether the backedge is taken or not (by
6244   // choosing a sufficiently evil value for the poison feeding into the branch)
6245   // for every iteration including and after the one in which \p I first became
6246   // poison.  There are two possibilities (let's call the iteration in which \p
6247   // I first became poison as K):
6248   //
6249   //  1. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
6250   //     no side effects.  In this case executing the backege an infinte number
6251   //     of times will yield undefined behavior.
6252   //
6253   //  2. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
6254   //     at least one side effect.  In this case, that specific instance of side
6255   //     effect is control dependent on poison, which also yields undefined
6256   //     behavior.
6257 
6258   auto *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock();
6259   auto *LatchBB = L->getLoopLatch();
6260   if (!ExitingBB || !LatchBB || ExitingBB != LatchBB)
6261     return false;
6262 
6263   SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 16> Pushed;
6264   SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> PoisonStack;
6265 
6266   // We start by assuming \c I, the post-inc add recurrence, is poison.  Only
6267   // things that are known to be poison under that assumption go on the
6268   // PoisonStack.
6269   Pushed.insert(I);
6270   PoisonStack.push_back(I);
6271 
6272   bool LatchControlDependentOnPoison = false;
6273   while (!PoisonStack.empty() && !LatchControlDependentOnPoison) {
6274     const Instruction *Poison = PoisonStack.pop_back_val();
6275 
6276     for (auto *PoisonUser : Poison->users()) {
6277       if (propagatesPoison(cast<Operator>(PoisonUser))) {
6278         if (Pushed.insert(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser)).second)
6279           PoisonStack.push_back(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser));
6280       } else if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PoisonUser)) {
6281         assert(BI->isConditional() && "Only possibility!");
6282         if (BI->getParent() == LatchBB) {
6283           LatchControlDependentOnPoison = true;
6284           break;
6285         }
6286       }
6287     }
6288   }
6289 
6290   return LatchControlDependentOnPoison && loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L);
6291 }
6292 
6293 ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties
6294 ScalarEvolution::getLoopProperties(const Loop *L) {
6295   using LoopProperties = ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties;
6296 
6297   auto Itr = LoopPropertiesCache.find(L);
6298   if (Itr == LoopPropertiesCache.end()) {
6299     auto HasSideEffects = [](Instruction *I) {
6300       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
6301         return !SI->isSimple();
6302 
6303       return I->mayHaveSideEffects();
6304     };
6305 
6306     LoopProperties LP = {/* HasNoAbnormalExits */ true,
6307                          /*HasNoSideEffects*/ true};
6308 
6309     for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks())
6310       for (auto &I : *BB) {
6311         if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I))
6312           LP.HasNoAbnormalExits = false;
6313         if (HasSideEffects(&I))
6314           LP.HasNoSideEffects = false;
6315         if (!LP.HasNoAbnormalExits && !LP.HasNoSideEffects)
6316           break; // We're already as pessimistic as we can get.
6317       }
6318 
6319     auto InsertPair = LoopPropertiesCache.insert({L, LP});
6320     assert(InsertPair.second && "We just checked!");
6321     Itr = InsertPair.first;
6322   }
6323 
6324   return Itr->second;
6325 }
6326 
6327 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
6328   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
6329     return getUnknown(V);
6330 
6331   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
6332     // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
6333     // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
6334     // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
6335     // analysis depends on.
6336     if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
6337       return getUnknown(UndefValue::get(V->getType()));
6338   } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
6339     return getConstant(CI);
6340   else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
6341     // FIXME: we shouldn't special-case null pointer constant.
6342     return getZero(V->getType());
6343   else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V))
6344     return GA->isInterposable() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee());
6345   else if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(V))
6346     return getUnknown(V);
6347 
6348   Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
6349   if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U, DT)) {
6350     switch (BO->Opcode) {
6351     case Instruction::Add: {
6352       // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
6353       // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
6354       // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
6355       // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
6356       // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
6357       // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
6358       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps;
6359       do {
6360         if (BO->Op) {
6361           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
6362             AddOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
6363             break;
6364           }
6365 
6366           // If a NUW or NSW flag can be applied to the SCEV for this
6367           // addition, then compute the SCEV for this addition by itself
6368           // with a separate call to getAddExpr. We need to do that
6369           // instead of pushing the operands of the addition onto AddOps,
6370           // since the flags are only known to apply to this particular
6371           // addition - they may not apply to other additions that can be
6372           // formed with operands from AddOps.
6373           const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
6374           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6375           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
6376             const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6377             if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
6378               AddOps.push_back(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS, Flags));
6379             else
6380               AddOps.push_back(getAddExpr(LHS, RHS, Flags));
6381             break;
6382           }
6383         }
6384 
6385         if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
6386           AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(getSCEV(BO->RHS)));
6387         else
6388           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6389 
6390         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
6391         if (!NewBO || (NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Add &&
6392                        NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Sub)) {
6393           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6394           break;
6395         }
6396         BO = NewBO;
6397       } while (true);
6398 
6399       return getAddExpr(AddOps);
6400     }
6401 
6402     case Instruction::Mul: {
6403       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps;
6404       do {
6405         if (BO->Op) {
6406           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
6407             MulOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
6408             break;
6409           }
6410 
6411           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6412           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
6413             MulOps.push_back(
6414                 getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags));
6415             break;
6416           }
6417         }
6418 
6419         MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6420         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
6421         if (!NewBO || NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Mul) {
6422           MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6423           break;
6424         }
6425         BO = NewBO;
6426       } while (true);
6427 
6428       return getMulExpr(MulOps);
6429     }
6430     case Instruction::UDiv:
6431       return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6432     case Instruction::URem:
6433       return getURemExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6434     case Instruction::Sub: {
6435       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6436       if (BO->Op)
6437         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6438       return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags);
6439     }
6440     case Instruction::And:
6441       // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
6442       // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
6443       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6444         if (CI->isZero())
6445           return getSCEV(BO->RHS);
6446         if (CI->isMinusOne())
6447           return getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6448         const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
6449 
6450         // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
6451         // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
6452         // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
6453         // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
6454         unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros();
6455         unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros();
6456         unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
6457         KnownBits Known(BitWidth);
6458         computeKnownBits(BO->LHS, Known, getDataLayout(),
6459                          0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
6460 
6461         APInt EffectiveMask =
6462             APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ);
6463         if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~Known.Zero) & EffectiveMask)) {
6464           const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ));
6465           const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6466           const SCEV *ShiftedLHS = nullptr;
6467           if (auto *LHSMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
6468             if (auto *OpC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHSMul->getOperand(0))) {
6469               // For an expression like (x * 8) & 8, simplify the multiply.
6470               unsigned MulZeros = OpC->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
6471               unsigned GCD = std::min(MulZeros, TZ);
6472               APInt DivAmt = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ - GCD);
6473               SmallVector<const SCEV*, 4> MulOps;
6474               MulOps.push_back(getConstant(OpC->getAPInt().lshr(GCD)));
6475               MulOps.append(LHSMul->op_begin() + 1, LHSMul->op_end());
6476               auto *NewMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, LHSMul->getNoWrapFlags());
6477               ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(NewMul, getConstant(DivAmt));
6478             }
6479           }
6480           if (!ShiftedLHS)
6481             ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(LHS, MulCount);
6482           return getMulExpr(
6483               getZeroExtendExpr(
6484                   getTruncateExpr(ShiftedLHS,
6485                       IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)),
6486                   BO->LHS->getType()),
6487               MulCount);
6488         }
6489       }
6490       break;
6491 
6492     case Instruction::Or:
6493       // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like:
6494       // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1.  Handle this as an Add so loop
6495       // optimizations will transparently handle this case.
6496       //
6497       // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the
6498       // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n.
6499       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6500         const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6501         const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue();
6502         if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >=
6503             (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) {
6504           // Build a plain add SCEV.
6505           return getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI),
6506                             (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW));
6507         }
6508       }
6509       break;
6510 
6511     case Instruction::Xor:
6512       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6513         // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
6514         if (CI->isMinusOne())
6515           return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6516 
6517         // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
6518         // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
6519         // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
6520         // of an xor with -1.
6521         if (auto *LBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO->LHS))
6522           if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LBO->getOperand(1)))
6523             if (LBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
6524                 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
6525               if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
6526                       dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(BO->LHS))) {
6527                 Type *UTy = BO->LHS->getType();
6528                 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
6529                 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
6530                 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
6531 
6532                 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
6533                 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
6534                 // re-apply the zext.
6535                 if (CI->getValue().isMask(Z0TySize))
6536                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
6537 
6538                 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
6539                 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
6540                 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
6541                 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize);
6542                 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
6543                     Trunc.isSignMask())
6544                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
6545                                            UTy);
6546               }
6547       }
6548       break;
6549 
6550     case Instruction::Shl:
6551       // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
6552       if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6553         uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(SA->getType())->getBitWidth();
6554 
6555         // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
6556         // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6557         // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6558         // other parts of the compiler.
6559         if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6560           break;
6561 
6562         // We can safely preserve the nuw flag in all cases. It's also safe to
6563         // turn a nuw nsw shl into a nuw nsw mul. However, nsw in isolation
6564         // requires special handling. It can be preserved as long as we're not
6565         // left shifting by bitwidth - 1.
6566         auto Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6567         if (BO->Op) {
6568           auto MulFlags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6569           if ((MulFlags & SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
6570               ((MulFlags & SCEV::FlagNUW) || SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth - 1)))
6571             Flags = (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(Flags | SCEV::FlagNSW);
6572           if (MulFlags & SCEV::FlagNUW)
6573             Flags = (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(Flags | SCEV::FlagNUW);
6574         }
6575 
6576         Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(
6577             getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
6578         return getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(X), Flags);
6579       }
6580       break;
6581 
6582     case Instruction::AShr: {
6583       // AShr X, C, where C is a constant.
6584       ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS);
6585       if (!CI)
6586         break;
6587 
6588       Type *OuterTy = BO->LHS->getType();
6589       uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(OuterTy);
6590       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
6591       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6592       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6593       // other parts of the compiler.
6594       if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6595         break;
6596 
6597       if (CI->isZero())
6598         return getSCEV(BO->LHS); // shift by zero --> noop
6599 
6600       uint64_t AShrAmt = CI->getZExtValue();
6601       Type *TruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - AShrAmt);
6602 
6603       Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(BO->LHS);
6604       if (L && L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
6605         // X = Shl A, n
6606         // Y = AShr X, m
6607         // Both n and m are constant.
6608 
6609         const SCEV *ShlOp0SCEV = getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));
6610         if (L->getOperand(1) == BO->RHS)
6611           // For a two-shift sext-inreg, i.e. n = m,
6612           // use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
6613           return getSignExtendExpr(
6614               getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy), OuterTy);
6615 
6616         ConstantInt *ShlAmtCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(L->getOperand(1));
6617         if (ShlAmtCI && ShlAmtCI->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
6618           uint64_t ShlAmt = ShlAmtCI->getZExtValue();
6619           if (ShlAmt > AShrAmt) {
6620             // When n > m, use sext(mul(trunc(x), 2^(n-m)))) as the SCEV
6621             // expression. We already checked that ShlAmt < BitWidth, so
6622             // the multiplier, 1 << (ShlAmt - AShrAmt), fits into TruncTy as
6623             // ShlAmt - AShrAmt < Amt.
6624             APInt Mul = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth - AShrAmt,
6625                                             ShlAmt - AShrAmt);
6626             return getSignExtendExpr(
6627                 getMulExpr(getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy),
6628                 getConstant(Mul)), OuterTy);
6629           }
6630         }
6631       }
6632       if (BO->IsExact) {
6633         // Given exact arithmetic in-bounds right-shift by a constant,
6634         // we can lower it into:  (abs(x) EXACT/u (1<<C)) * signum(x)
6635         const SCEV *X = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6636         const SCEV *AbsX = getAbsExpr(X, /*IsNSW=*/false);
6637         APInt Mult = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, AShrAmt);
6638         const SCEV *Div = getUDivExactExpr(AbsX, getConstant(Mult));
6639         return getMulExpr(Div, getSignumExpr(X), SCEV::FlagNSW);
6640       }
6641       break;
6642     }
6643     }
6644   }
6645 
6646   switch (U->getOpcode()) {
6647   case Instruction::Trunc:
6648     return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6649 
6650   case Instruction::ZExt:
6651     return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6652 
6653   case Instruction::SExt:
6654     if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U->getOperand(0), DT)) {
6655       // The NSW flag of a subtract does not always survive the conversion to
6656       // A + (-1)*B.  By pushing sign extension onto its operands we are much
6657       // more likely to preserve NSW and allow later AddRec optimisations.
6658       //
6659       // NOTE: This is effectively duplicating this logic from getSignExtend:
6660       //   sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
6661       // but by that point the NSW information has potentially been lost.
6662       if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub && BO->IsNSW) {
6663         Type *Ty = U->getType();
6664         auto *V1 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), Ty);
6665         auto *V2 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->RHS), Ty);
6666         return getMinusSCEV(V1, V2, SCEV::FlagNSW);
6667       }
6668     }
6669     return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6670 
6671   case Instruction::BitCast:
6672     // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
6673     if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
6674       return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
6675     break;
6676 
6677   case Instruction::PtrToInt: {
6678     // Pointer to integer cast is straight-forward, so do model it.
6679     Value *Ptr = U->getOperand(0);
6680     const SCEV *Op = getSCEV(Ptr);
6681     Type *DstIntTy = U->getType();
6682     // SCEV doesn't have constant pointer expression type, but it supports
6683     // nullptr constant (and only that one), which is modelled in SCEV as a
6684     // zero integer constant. So just skip the ptrtoint cast for constants.
6685     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
6686       return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(Op, DstIntTy);
6687     Type *PtrTy = Ptr->getType();
6688     Type *IntPtrTy = getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(PtrTy);
6689     // But only if effective SCEV (integer) type is wide enough to represent
6690     // all possible pointer values.
6691     if (getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(getEffectiveSCEVType(PtrTy)) !=
6692         getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(IntPtrTy))
6693       return getUnknown(V);
6694     return getPtrToIntExpr(Op, DstIntTy);
6695   }
6696   case Instruction::IntToPtr:
6697     // Just don't deal with inttoptr casts.
6698     return getUnknown(V);
6699 
6700   case Instruction::SDiv:
6701     // If both operands are non-negative, this is just an udiv.
6702     if (isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))) &&
6703         isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))))
6704       return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
6705     break;
6706 
6707   case Instruction::SRem:
6708     // If both operands are non-negative, this is just an urem.
6709     if (isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))) &&
6710         isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))))
6711       return getURemExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
6712     break;
6713 
6714   case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
6715     return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
6716 
6717   case Instruction::PHI:
6718     return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
6719 
6720   case Instruction::Select:
6721     // U can also be a select constant expr, which let fall through.  Since
6722     // createNodeForSelect only works for a condition that is an `ICmpInst`, and
6723     // constant expressions cannot have instructions as operands, we'd have
6724     // returned getUnknown for a select constant expressions anyway.
6725     if (isa<Instruction>(U))
6726       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(cast<Instruction>(U), U->getOperand(0),
6727                                       U->getOperand(1), U->getOperand(2));
6728     break;
6729 
6730   case Instruction::Call:
6731   case Instruction::Invoke:
6732     if (Value *RV = cast<CallBase>(U)->getReturnedArgOperand())
6733       return getSCEV(RV);
6734 
6735     if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U)) {
6736       switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
6737       case Intrinsic::abs:
6738         return getAbsExpr(
6739             getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0)),
6740             /*IsNSW=*/cast<ConstantInt>(II->getArgOperand(1))->isOne());
6741       case Intrinsic::umax:
6742         return getUMaxExpr(getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0)),
6743                            getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1)));
6744       case Intrinsic::umin:
6745         return getUMinExpr(getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0)),
6746                            getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1)));
6747       case Intrinsic::smax:
6748         return getSMaxExpr(getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0)),
6749                            getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1)));
6750       case Intrinsic::smin:
6751         return getSMinExpr(getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0)),
6752                            getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1)));
6753       case Intrinsic::usub_sat: {
6754         const SCEV *X = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
6755         const SCEV *Y = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1));
6756         const SCEV *ClampedY = getUMinExpr(X, Y);
6757         return getMinusSCEV(X, ClampedY, SCEV::FlagNUW);
6758       }
6759       case Intrinsic::uadd_sat: {
6760         const SCEV *X = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
6761         const SCEV *Y = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1));
6762         const SCEV *ClampedX = getUMinExpr(X, getNotSCEV(Y));
6763         return getAddExpr(ClampedX, Y, SCEV::FlagNUW);
6764       }
6765       case Intrinsic::start_loop_iterations:
6766         // A start_loop_iterations is just equivalent to the first operand for
6767         // SCEV purposes.
6768         return getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
6769       default:
6770         break;
6771       }
6772     }
6773     break;
6774   }
6775 
6776   return getUnknown(V);
6777 }
6778 
6779 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6780 //                   Iteration Count Computation Code
6781 //
6782 
6783 static unsigned getConstantTripCount(const SCEVConstant *ExitCount) {
6784   if (!ExitCount)
6785     return 0;
6786 
6787   ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue();
6788 
6789   // Guard against huge trip counts.
6790   if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
6791     return 0;
6792 
6793   // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
6794   return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1;
6795 }
6796 
6797 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6798   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6799     return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB);
6800 
6801   // No trip count information for multiple exits.
6802   return 0;
6803 }
6804 
6805 unsigned
6806 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L,
6807                                            const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6808   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6809   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6810          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6811   const SCEVConstant *ExitCount =
6812       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock));
6813   return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount);
6814 }
6815 
6816 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6817   const auto *MaxExitCount =
6818       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L));
6819   return getConstantTripCount(MaxExitCount);
6820 }
6821 
6822 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L) {
6823   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6824     return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB);
6825 
6826   // No trip multiple information for multiple exits.
6827   return 0;
6828 }
6829 
6830 /// Returns the largest constant divisor of the trip count of this loop as a
6831 /// normal unsigned value, if possible. This means that the actual trip count is
6832 /// always a multiple of the returned value (don't forget the trip count could
6833 /// very well be zero as well!).
6834 ///
6835 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
6836 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
6837 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
6838 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
6839 ///
6840 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
6841 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
6842 unsigned
6843 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L,
6844                                               const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6845   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6846   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6847          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6848   const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
6849   if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute())
6850     return 1;
6851 
6852   // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1.
6853   const SCEV *TCExpr = getAddExpr(ExitCount, getOne(ExitCount->getType()));
6854 
6855   const SCEVConstant *TC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCExpr);
6856   if (!TC)
6857     // Attempt to factor more general cases. Returns the greatest power of
6858     // two divisor. If overflow happens, the trip count expression is still
6859     // divisible by the greatest power of 2 divisor returned.
6860     return 1U << std::min((uint32_t)31, GetMinTrailingZeros(TCExpr));
6861 
6862   ConstantInt *Result = TC->getValue();
6863 
6864   // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking
6865   // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the
6866   // addition wraps).
6867   if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 ||
6868       Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0)
6869     return 1;
6870 
6871   return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue();
6872 }
6873 
6874 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(const Loop *L,
6875                                           const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6876                                           ExitCountKind Kind) {
6877   switch (Kind) {
6878   case Exact:
6879   case SymbolicMaximum:
6880     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this);
6881   case ConstantMaximum:
6882     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getConstantMax(ExitingBlock, this);
6883   };
6884   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ExitCountKind!");
6885 }
6886 
6887 const SCEV *
6888 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6889                                                  SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
6890   return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(L, this, &Preds);
6891 }
6892 
6893 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6894                                                    ExitCountKind Kind) {
6895   switch (Kind) {
6896   case Exact:
6897     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(L, this);
6898   case ConstantMaximum:
6899     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getConstantMax(this);
6900   case SymbolicMaximum:
6901     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getSymbolicMax(L, this);
6902   };
6903   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ExitCountKind!");
6904 }
6905 
6906 bool ScalarEvolution::isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(const Loop *L) {
6907   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).isConstantMaxOrZero(this);
6908 }
6909 
6910 /// Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop onto the given Worklist.
6911 static void
6912 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
6913   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
6914 
6915   // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
6916   for (PHINode &PN : Header->phis())
6917     Worklist.push_back(&PN);
6918 }
6919 
6920 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6921 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6922   auto &BTI = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
6923   if (BTI.hasFullInfo())
6924     return BTI;
6925 
6926   auto Pair = PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6927 
6928   if (!Pair.second)
6929     return Pair.first->second;
6930 
6931   BackedgeTakenInfo Result =
6932       computeBackedgeTakenCount(L, /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
6933 
6934   return PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
6935 }
6936 
6937 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6938 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6939   // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
6940   // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
6941   // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
6942   // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
6943   // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
6944   std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
6945       BackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6946   if (!Pair.second)
6947     return Pair.first->second;
6948 
6949   // computeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
6950   // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
6951   // must be cleared in this scope.
6952   BackedgeTakenInfo Result = computeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
6953 
6954   // In product build, there are no usage of statistic.
6955   (void)NumTripCountsComputed;
6956   (void)NumTripCountsNotComputed;
6957 #if LLVM_ENABLE_STATS || !defined(NDEBUG)
6958   const SCEV *BEExact = Result.getExact(L, this);
6959   if (BEExact != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6960     assert(isLoopInvariant(BEExact, L) &&
6961            isLoopInvariant(Result.getConstantMax(this), L) &&
6962            "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!");
6963     ++NumTripCountsComputed;
6964   } else if (Result.getConstantMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() &&
6965              isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) {
6966     // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable.
6967     ++NumTripCountsNotComputed;
6968   }
6969 #endif // LLVM_ENABLE_STATS || !defined(NDEBUG)
6970 
6971   // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
6972   // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
6973   // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
6974   // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that
6975   // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially.
6976   if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) {
6977     SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
6978     PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
6979 
6980     SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Discovered;
6981     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6982       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6983 
6984       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6985         ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6986       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6987         const SCEV *Old = It->second;
6988 
6989         // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
6990         // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
6991         // by createNodeForPHI.  In the former case, additional loop trip
6992         // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later
6993         // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its
6994         // own when it gets to that point.
6995         if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) {
6996           eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6997           forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
6998         }
6999         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7000           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
7001       }
7002 
7003       // Since we don't need to invalidate anything for correctness and we're
7004       // only invalidating to make SCEV's results more precise, we get to stop
7005       // early to avoid invalidating too much.  This is especially important in
7006       // cases like:
7007       //
7008       //   %v = f(pn0, pn1) // pn0 and pn1 used through some other phi node
7009       // loop0:
7010       //   %pn0 = phi
7011       //   ...
7012       // loop1:
7013       //   %pn1 = phi
7014       //   ...
7015       //
7016       // where both loop0 and loop1's backedge taken count uses the SCEV
7017       // expression for %v.  If we don't have the early stop below then in cases
7018       // like the above, getBackedgeTakenInfo(loop1) will clear out the trip
7019       // count for loop0 and getBackedgeTakenInfo(loop0) will clear out the trip
7020       // count for loop1, effectively nullifying SCEV's trip count cache.
7021       for (auto *U : I->users())
7022         if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U)) {
7023           auto *LoopForUser = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
7024           if (LoopForUser && L->contains(LoopForUser) &&
7025               Discovered.insert(I).second)
7026             Worklist.push_back(I);
7027         }
7028     }
7029   }
7030 
7031   // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
7032   // computeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
7033   // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
7034   // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
7035   // earlier.
7036   return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
7037 }
7038 
7039 void ScalarEvolution::forgetAllLoops() {
7040   // This method is intended to forget all info about loops. It should
7041   // invalidate caches as if the following happened:
7042   // - The trip counts of all loops have changed arbitrarily
7043   // - Every llvm::Value has been updated in place to produce a different
7044   // result.
7045   BackedgeTakenCounts.clear();
7046   PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.clear();
7047   LoopPropertiesCache.clear();
7048   ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.clear();
7049   ValueExprMap.clear();
7050   ValuesAtScopes.clear();
7051   LoopDispositions.clear();
7052   BlockDispositions.clear();
7053   UnsignedRanges.clear();
7054   SignedRanges.clear();
7055   ExprValueMap.clear();
7056   HasRecMap.clear();
7057   MinTrailingZerosCache.clear();
7058   PredicatedSCEVRewrites.clear();
7059 }
7060 
7061 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
7062   // Drop any stored trip count value.
7063   auto RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap =
7064       [](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map, const Loop *L) {
7065         auto BTCPos = Map.find(L);
7066         if (BTCPos != Map.end()) {
7067           BTCPos->second.clear();
7068           Map.erase(BTCPos);
7069         }
7070       };
7071 
7072   SmallVector<const Loop *, 16> LoopWorklist(1, L);
7073   SmallVector<Instruction *, 32> Worklist;
7074   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
7075 
7076   // Iterate over all the loops and sub-loops to drop SCEV information.
7077   while (!LoopWorklist.empty()) {
7078     auto *CurrL = LoopWorklist.pop_back_val();
7079 
7080     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
7081     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
7082 
7083     // Drop information about predicated SCEV rewrites for this loop.
7084     for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
7085          I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
7086       std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
7087       if (Entry.second == CurrL)
7088         PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
7089       else
7090         ++I;
7091     }
7092 
7093     auto LoopUsersItr = LoopUsers.find(CurrL);
7094     if (LoopUsersItr != LoopUsers.end()) {
7095       for (auto *S : LoopUsersItr->second)
7096         forgetMemoizedResults(S);
7097       LoopUsers.erase(LoopUsersItr);
7098     }
7099 
7100     // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
7101     PushLoopPHIs(CurrL, Worklist);
7102 
7103     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
7104       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
7105       if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
7106         continue;
7107 
7108       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
7109           ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
7110       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
7111         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
7112         forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
7113         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7114           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
7115       }
7116 
7117       PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
7118     }
7119 
7120     LoopPropertiesCache.erase(CurrL);
7121     // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
7122     // ValuesAtScopes map.
7123     LoopWorklist.append(CurrL->begin(), CurrL->end());
7124   }
7125 }
7126 
7127 void ScalarEvolution::forgetTopmostLoop(const Loop *L) {
7128   while (Loop *Parent = L->getParentLoop())
7129     L = Parent;
7130   forgetLoop(L);
7131 }
7132 
7133 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
7134   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7135   if (!I) return;
7136 
7137   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
7138   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
7139   Worklist.push_back(I);
7140 
7141   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
7142   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
7143     I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
7144     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
7145       continue;
7146 
7147     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
7148       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
7149     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
7150       eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
7151       forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
7152       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7153         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
7154     }
7155 
7156     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
7157   }
7158 }
7159 
7160 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoopDispositions(const Loop *L) {
7161   LoopDispositions.clear();
7162 }
7163 
7164 /// Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop exits. A
7165 /// computable result can only be returned for loops with all exiting blocks
7166 /// dominating the latch. howFarToZero assumes that the limit of each loop test
7167 /// is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as long as the loop exits via
7168 /// that test. For precise results, it is the caller's responsibility to specify
7169 /// the relevant loop exiting block using getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
7170 const SCEV *
7171 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution *SE,
7172                                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Preds) const {
7173   // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
7174   if (!isComplete() || ExitNotTaken.empty())
7175     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
7176 
7177   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7178   // All exiting blocks we have collected must dominate the only backedge.
7179   if (!Latch)
7180     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
7181 
7182   // All exiting blocks we have gathered dominate loop's latch, so exact trip
7183   // count is simply a minimum out of all these calculated exit counts.
7184   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops;
7185   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken) {
7186     const SCEV *BECount = ENT.ExactNotTaken;
7187     assert(BECount != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "Bad exit SCEV!");
7188     assert(SE->DT.dominates(ENT.ExitingBlock, Latch) &&
7189            "We should only have known counts for exiting blocks that dominate "
7190            "latch!");
7191 
7192     Ops.push_back(BECount);
7193 
7194     if (Preds && !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
7195       Preds->add(ENT.Predicate.get());
7196 
7197     assert((Preds || ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) &&
7198            "Predicate should be always true!");
7199   }
7200 
7201   return SE->getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(Ops);
7202 }
7203 
7204 /// Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit.
7205 const SCEV *
7206 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
7207                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
7208   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
7209     if (ENT.ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock && ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
7210       return ENT.ExactNotTaken;
7211 
7212   return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
7213 }
7214 
7215 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getConstantMax(
7216     const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock, ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
7217   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
7218     if (ENT.ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock && ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
7219       return ENT.MaxNotTaken;
7220 
7221   return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
7222 }
7223 
7224 /// getConstantMax - Get the constant max backedge taken count for the loop.
7225 const SCEV *
7226 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getConstantMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
7227   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
7228     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
7229   };
7230 
7231   if (any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue) || !getConstantMax())
7232     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
7233 
7234   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getConstantMax()) ||
7235           isa<SCEVConstant>(getConstantMax())) &&
7236          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
7237   return getConstantMax();
7238 }
7239 
7240 const SCEV *
7241 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getSymbolicMax(const Loop *L,
7242                                                    ScalarEvolution *SE) {
7243   if (!SymbolicMax)
7244     SymbolicMax = SE->computeSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
7245   return SymbolicMax;
7246 }
7247 
7248 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::isConstantMaxOrZero(
7249     ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
7250   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
7251     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
7252   };
7253   return MaxOrZero && !any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue);
7254 }
7255 
7256 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S,
7257                                                     ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
7258   if (getConstantMax() && getConstantMax() != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
7259       SE->hasOperand(getConstantMax(), S))
7260     return true;
7261 
7262   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
7263     if (ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
7264         SE->hasOperand(ENT.ExactNotTaken, S))
7265       return true;
7266 
7267   return false;
7268 }
7269 
7270 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E)
7271     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(E) {
7272   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
7273           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
7274          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
7275 }
7276 
7277 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
7278     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
7279     ArrayRef<const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *> PredSetList)
7280     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(M), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
7281   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExactNotTaken) ||
7282           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
7283          "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Max");
7284   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
7285           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
7286          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
7287   for (auto *PredSet : PredSetList)
7288     for (auto *P : *PredSet)
7289       addPredicate(P);
7290 }
7291 
7292 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
7293     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
7294     const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &PredSet)
7295     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, {&PredSet}) {
7296   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
7297           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
7298          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
7299 }
7300 
7301 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M,
7302                                       bool MaxOrZero)
7303     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, None) {
7304   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
7305           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
7306          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
7307 }
7308 
7309 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
7310 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
7311 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
7312     ArrayRef<ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo> ExitCounts,
7313     bool IsComplete, const SCEV *ConstantMax, bool MaxOrZero)
7314     : ConstantMax(ConstantMax), IsComplete(IsComplete), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
7315   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
7316 
7317   ExitNotTaken.reserve(ExitCounts.size());
7318   std::transform(
7319       ExitCounts.begin(), ExitCounts.end(), std::back_inserter(ExitNotTaken),
7320       [&](const EdgeExitInfo &EEI) {
7321         BasicBlock *ExitBB = EEI.first;
7322         const ExitLimit &EL = EEI.second;
7323         if (EL.Predicates.empty())
7324           return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, EL.MaxNotTaken,
7325                                   nullptr);
7326 
7327         std::unique_ptr<SCEVUnionPredicate> Predicate(new SCEVUnionPredicate);
7328         for (auto *Pred : EL.Predicates)
7329           Predicate->add(Pred);
7330 
7331         return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, EL.MaxNotTaken,
7332                                 std::move(Predicate));
7333       });
7334   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantMax) ||
7335           isa<SCEVConstant>(ConstantMax)) &&
7336          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
7337 }
7338 
7339 /// Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array.
7340 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() {
7341   ExitNotTaken.clear();
7342 }
7343 
7344 /// Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified loop will execute.
7345 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
7346 ScalarEvolution::computeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
7347                                            bool AllowPredicates) {
7348   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
7349   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
7350 
7351   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
7352 
7353   SmallVector<EdgeExitInfo, 4> ExitCounts;
7354   bool CouldComputeBECount = true;
7355   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
7356   const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
7357   const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
7358   bool MustExitMaxOrZero = false;
7359 
7360   // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
7361   // and compute maxBECount.
7362   // Do a union of all the predicates here.
7363   for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
7364     BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i];
7365 
7366     // We canonicalize untaken exits to br (constant), ignore them so that
7367     // proving an exit untaken doesn't negatively impact our ability to reason
7368     // about the loop as whole.
7369     if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(ExitBB->getTerminator()))
7370       if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) {
7371         bool ExitIfTrue = !L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(0));
7372         if ((ExitIfTrue && CI->isZero()) || (!ExitIfTrue && CI->isOne()))
7373           continue;
7374       }
7375 
7376     ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimit(L, ExitBB, AllowPredicates);
7377 
7378     assert((AllowPredicates || EL.Predicates.empty()) &&
7379            "Predicated exit limit when predicates are not allowed!");
7380 
7381     // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
7382     // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
7383     if (EL.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7384       // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
7385       // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
7386       CouldComputeBECount = false;
7387     else
7388       ExitCounts.emplace_back(ExitBB, EL);
7389 
7390     // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
7391     // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
7392     // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
7393     //
7394     // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
7395     // is a LoopMayExit.  If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
7396     // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.MaxNotTaken of computable
7397     // LoopMustExits. Otherwise, MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum
7398     // EL.MaxNotTaken, where CouldNotCompute is considered greater than any
7399     // computable EL.MaxNotTaken.
7400     if (EL.MaxNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch &&
7401         DT.dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) {
7402       if (!MustExitMaxBECount) {
7403         MustExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
7404         MustExitMaxOrZero = EL.MaxOrZero;
7405       } else {
7406         MustExitMaxBECount =
7407             getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
7408       }
7409     } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
7410       if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7411         MayExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
7412       else {
7413         MayExitMaxBECount =
7414             getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
7415       }
7416     }
7417   }
7418   const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount :
7419     (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute());
7420   // The loop backedge will be taken the maximum or zero times if there's
7421   // a single exit that must be taken the maximum or zero times.
7422   bool MaxOrZero = (MustExitMaxOrZero && ExitingBlocks.size() == 1);
7423   return BackedgeTakenInfo(std::move(ExitCounts), CouldComputeBECount,
7424                            MaxBECount, MaxOrZero);
7425 }
7426 
7427 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7428 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
7429                                       bool AllowPredicates) {
7430   assert(L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Exit count for non-loop block?");
7431   // If our exiting block does not dominate the latch, then its connection with
7432   // loop's exit limit may be far from trivial.
7433   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7434   if (!Latch || !DT.dominates(ExitingBlock, Latch))
7435     return getCouldNotCompute();
7436 
7437   bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr);
7438   Instruction *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator();
7439   if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) {
7440     assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
7441     bool ExitIfTrue = !L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(0));
7442     assert(ExitIfTrue == L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(1)) &&
7443            "It should have one successor in loop and one exit block!");
7444     // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
7445     return computeExitLimitFromCond(
7446         L, BI->getCondition(), ExitIfTrue,
7447         /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
7448   }
7449 
7450   if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term)) {
7451     // For switch, make sure that there is a single exit from the loop.
7452     BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr;
7453     for (auto *SBB : successors(ExitingBlock))
7454       if (!L->contains(SBB)) {
7455         if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors.
7456           return getCouldNotCompute();
7457         Exit = SBB;
7458       }
7459     assert(Exit && "Exiting block must have at least one exit");
7460     return computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit,
7461                                                 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
7462   }
7463 
7464   return getCouldNotCompute();
7465 }
7466 
7467 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCond(
7468     const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
7469     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
7470   ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCacheTy Cache(L, ExitIfTrue, AllowPredicates);
7471   return computeExitLimitFromCondCached(Cache, L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue,
7472                                         ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
7473 }
7474 
7475 Optional<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit>
7476 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::find(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
7477                                       bool ExitIfTrue, bool ControlsExit,
7478                                       bool AllowPredicates) {
7479   (void)this->L;
7480   (void)this->ExitIfTrue;
7481   (void)this->AllowPredicates;
7482 
7483   assert(this->L == L && this->ExitIfTrue == ExitIfTrue &&
7484          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
7485          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
7486   auto Itr = TripCountMap.find({ExitCond, ControlsExit});
7487   if (Itr == TripCountMap.end())
7488     return None;
7489   return Itr->second;
7490 }
7491 
7492 void ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::insert(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
7493                                              bool ExitIfTrue,
7494                                              bool ControlsExit,
7495                                              bool AllowPredicates,
7496                                              const ExitLimit &EL) {
7497   assert(this->L == L && this->ExitIfTrue == ExitIfTrue &&
7498          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
7499          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
7500 
7501   auto InsertResult = TripCountMap.insert({{ExitCond, ControlsExit}, EL});
7502   assert(InsertResult.second && "Expected successful insertion!");
7503   (void)InsertResult;
7504   (void)ExitIfTrue;
7505 }
7506 
7507 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7508     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
7509     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
7510 
7511   if (auto MaybeEL =
7512           Cache.find(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates))
7513     return *MaybeEL;
7514 
7515   ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(Cache, L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue,
7516                                               ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
7517   Cache.insert(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates, EL);
7518   return EL;
7519 }
7520 
7521 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
7522     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
7523     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
7524   // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
7525   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) {
7526     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
7527       // Recurse on the operands of the and.
7528       bool EitherMayExit = !ExitIfTrue;
7529       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7530           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), ExitIfTrue,
7531           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7532       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7533           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), ExitIfTrue,
7534           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7535       // Be robust against unsimplified IR for the form "and i1 X, true"
7536       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1)))
7537         return CI->isOne() ? EL0 : EL1;
7538       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(0)))
7539         return CI->isOne() ? EL1 : EL0;
7540       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7541       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7542       if (EitherMayExit) {
7543         // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing.
7544         // Choose the less conservative count.
7545         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
7546             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7547           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7548         else
7549           BECount =
7550               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
7551         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7552           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
7553         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7554           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7555         else
7556           MaxBECount =
7557               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
7558       } else {
7559         // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit.
7560         // For now, be conservative.
7561         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
7562           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7563         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
7564           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
7565       }
7566 
7567       // There are cases (e.g. PR26207) where computeExitLimitFromCond is able
7568       // to be more aggressive when computing BECount than when computing
7569       // MaxBECount.  In these cases it is possible for EL0.ExactNotTaken and
7570       // EL1.ExactNotTaken to match, but for EL0.MaxNotTaken and EL1.MaxNotTaken
7571       // to not.
7572       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
7573           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
7574         MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
7575 
7576       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
7577                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
7578     }
7579     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
7580       // Recurse on the operands of the or.
7581       bool EitherMayExit = ExitIfTrue;
7582       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7583           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), ExitIfTrue,
7584           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7585       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7586           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), ExitIfTrue,
7587           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7588       // Be robust against unsimplified IR for the form "or i1 X, true"
7589       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1)))
7590         return CI->isZero() ? EL0 : EL1;
7591       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(0)))
7592         return CI->isZero() ? EL1 : EL0;
7593       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7594       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7595       if (EitherMayExit) {
7596         // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing.
7597         // Choose the less conservative count.
7598         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
7599             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7600           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7601         else
7602           BECount =
7603               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
7604         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7605           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
7606         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7607           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7608         else
7609           MaxBECount =
7610               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
7611       } else {
7612         // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit.
7613         // For now, be conservative.
7614         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
7615           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7616         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
7617           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
7618       }
7619       // There are cases (e.g. PR26207) where computeExitLimitFromCond is able
7620       // to be more aggressive when computing BECount than when computing
7621       // MaxBECount.  In these cases it is possible for EL0.ExactNotTaken and
7622       // EL1.ExactNotTaken to match, but for EL0.MaxNotTaken and EL1.MaxNotTaken
7623       // to not.
7624       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
7625           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
7626         MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
7627 
7628       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
7629                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
7630     }
7631   }
7632 
7633   // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
7634   // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
7635   if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) {
7636     ExitLimit EL =
7637         computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit);
7638     if (EL.hasFullInfo() || !AllowPredicates)
7639       return EL;
7640 
7641     // Try again, but use SCEV predicates this time.
7642     return computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit,
7643                                     /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
7644   }
7645 
7646   // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
7647   // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
7648   // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
7649   // in place.
7650   if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
7651     if (ExitIfTrue == !CI->getZExtValue())
7652       // The backedge is always taken.
7653       return getCouldNotCompute();
7654     else
7655       // The backedge is never taken.
7656       return getZero(CI->getType());
7657   }
7658 
7659   // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
7660   return computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue);
7661 }
7662 
7663 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7664 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L,
7665                                           ICmpInst *ExitCond,
7666                                           bool ExitIfTrue,
7667                                           bool ControlsExit,
7668                                           bool AllowPredicates) {
7669   // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
7670   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
7671   if (!ExitIfTrue)
7672     Pred = ExitCond->getPredicate();
7673   else
7674     Pred = ExitCond->getInversePredicate();
7675   const ICmpInst::Predicate OriginalPred = Pred;
7676 
7677   // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X)
7678   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0)))
7679     if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) {
7680       ExitLimit ItCnt =
7681         computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Pred);
7682       if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo())
7683         return ItCnt;
7684     }
7685 
7686   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
7687   const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
7688 
7689   // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
7690   LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
7691   RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
7692 
7693   // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
7694   // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
7695   if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
7696     // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
7697     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
7698     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
7699   }
7700 
7701   // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
7702   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
7703 
7704   // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
7705   // ranges to answer this query.
7706   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
7707     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
7708       if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
7709         // Form the constant range.
7710         ConstantRange CompRange =
7711             ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RHSC->getAPInt());
7712 
7713         const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
7714         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
7715       }
7716 
7717   switch (Pred) {
7718   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
7719     // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
7720     ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit,
7721                                 AllowPredicates);
7722     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7723     break;
7724   }
7725   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
7726     // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
7727     ExitLimit EL = howFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
7728     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7729     break;
7730   }
7731   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
7732   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {                    // while (X < Y)
7733     bool IsSigned = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
7734     ExitLimit EL = howManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7735                                     AllowPredicates);
7736     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7737     break;
7738   }
7739   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
7740   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {                    // while (X > Y)
7741     bool IsSigned = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
7742     ExitLimit EL =
7743         howManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7744                             AllowPredicates);
7745     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7746     break;
7747   }
7748   default:
7749     break;
7750   }
7751 
7752   auto *ExhaustiveCount =
7753       computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue);
7754 
7755   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExhaustiveCount))
7756     return ExhaustiveCount;
7757 
7758   return computeShiftCompareExitLimit(ExitCond->getOperand(0),
7759                                       ExitCond->getOperand(1), L, OriginalPred);
7760 }
7761 
7762 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7763 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L,
7764                                                       SwitchInst *Switch,
7765                                                       BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
7766                                                       bool ControlsExit) {
7767   assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!");
7768 
7769   // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
7770   if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock)
7771     return getCouldNotCompute();
7772 
7773   assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) &&
7774          "Default case must not exit the loop!");
7775   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L);
7776   const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock));
7777 
7778   // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
7779   ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
7780   if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
7781     return EL;
7782 
7783   return getCouldNotCompute();
7784 }
7785 
7786 static ConstantInt *
7787 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
7788                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) {
7789   const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
7790   const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
7791   assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
7792          "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
7793   return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
7794 }
7795 
7796 /// Given an exit condition of 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can
7797 /// compute the backedge execution count.
7798 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7799 ScalarEvolution::computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(
7800   LoadInst *LI,
7801   Constant *RHS,
7802   const Loop *L,
7803   ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) {
7804   if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute();
7805 
7806   // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global.
7807   // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs.
7808   GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0));
7809   if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute();
7810 
7811   // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an
7812   // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0.
7813   GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0));
7814   if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
7815       GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) ||
7816       !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
7817     return getCouldNotCompute();
7818 
7819   // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction.
7820   Value *VarIdx = nullptr;
7821   std::vector<Constant*> Indexes;
7822   unsigned VarIdxNum = 0;
7823   for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
7824     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7825       Indexes.push_back(CI);
7826     } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7827       if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Multiple non-constant idx's.
7828       VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
7829       VarIdxNum = i-2;
7830       Indexes.push_back(nullptr);
7831     }
7832 
7833   // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them.
7834   if (!VarIdx)
7835     return getCouldNotCompute();
7836 
7837   // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant.
7838   // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now.
7839   const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx);
7840   Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L);
7841 
7842   // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in
7843   // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}.
7844   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx);
7845   if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) ||
7846       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) ||
7847       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1)))
7848     return getCouldNotCompute();
7849 
7850   unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations;
7851   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) {
7852     ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get(
7853                            cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum);
7854     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this);
7855 
7856     // Form the GEP offset.
7857     Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val;
7858 
7859     Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(),
7860                                                          Indexes);
7861     if (!Result) break;  // Cannot compute!
7862 
7863     // Evaluate the condition for this iteration.
7864     Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS);
7865     if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break;  // Couldn't decide for sure
7866     if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) {
7867       ++NumArrayLenItCounts;
7868       return getConstant(ItCst);   // Found terminating iteration!
7869     }
7870   }
7871   return getCouldNotCompute();
7872 }
7873 
7874 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeShiftCompareExitLimit(
7875     Value *LHS, Value *RHSV, const Loop *L, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
7876   ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSV);
7877   if (!RHS)
7878     return getCouldNotCompute();
7879 
7880   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7881   if (!Latch)
7882     return getCouldNotCompute();
7883 
7884   const BasicBlock *Predecessor = L->getLoopPredecessor();
7885   if (!Predecessor)
7886     return getCouldNotCompute();
7887 
7888   // Return true if V is of the form "LHS `shift_op` <positive constant>".
7889   // Return LHS in OutLHS and shift_opt in OutOpCode.
7890   auto MatchPositiveShift =
7891       [](Value *V, Value *&OutLHS, Instruction::BinaryOps &OutOpCode) {
7892 
7893     using namespace PatternMatch;
7894 
7895     ConstantInt *ShiftAmt;
7896     if (match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7897       OutOpCode = Instruction::LShr;
7898     else if (match(V, m_AShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7899       OutOpCode = Instruction::AShr;
7900     else if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7901       OutOpCode = Instruction::Shl;
7902     else
7903       return false;
7904 
7905     return ShiftAmt->getValue().isStrictlyPositive();
7906   };
7907 
7908   // Recognize a "shift recurrence" either of the form %iv or of %iv.shifted in
7909   //
7910   // loop:
7911   //   %iv = phi i32 [ %iv.shifted, %loop ], [ %val, %preheader ]
7912   //   %iv.shifted = lshr i32 %iv, <positive constant>
7913   //
7914   // Return true on a successful match.  Return the corresponding PHI node (%iv
7915   // above) in PNOut and the opcode of the shift operation in OpCodeOut.
7916   auto MatchShiftRecurrence =
7917       [&](Value *V, PHINode *&PNOut, Instruction::BinaryOps &OpCodeOut) {
7918     Optional<Instruction::BinaryOps> PostShiftOpCode;
7919 
7920     {
7921       Instruction::BinaryOps OpC;
7922       Value *V;
7923 
7924       // If we encounter a shift instruction, "peel off" the shift operation,
7925       // and remember that we did so.  Later when we inspect %iv's backedge
7926       // value, we will make sure that the backedge value uses the same
7927       // operation.
7928       //
7929       // Note: the peeled shift operation does not have to be the same
7930       // instruction as the one feeding into the PHI's backedge value.  We only
7931       // really care about it being the same *kind* of shift instruction --
7932       // that's all that is required for our later inferences to hold.
7933       if (MatchPositiveShift(LHS, V, OpC)) {
7934         PostShiftOpCode = OpC;
7935         LHS = V;
7936       }
7937     }
7938 
7939     PNOut = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LHS);
7940     if (!PNOut || PNOut->getParent() != L->getHeader())
7941       return false;
7942 
7943     Value *BEValue = PNOut->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7944     Value *OpLHS;
7945 
7946     return
7947         // The backedge value for the PHI node must be a shift by a positive
7948         // amount
7949         MatchPositiveShift(BEValue, OpLHS, OpCodeOut) &&
7950 
7951         // of the PHI node itself
7952         OpLHS == PNOut &&
7953 
7954         // and the kind of shift should be match the kind of shift we peeled
7955         // off, if any.
7956         (!PostShiftOpCode.hasValue() || *PostShiftOpCode == OpCodeOut);
7957   };
7958 
7959   PHINode *PN;
7960   Instruction::BinaryOps OpCode;
7961   if (!MatchShiftRecurrence(LHS, PN, OpCode))
7962     return getCouldNotCompute();
7963 
7964   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7965 
7966   // The key rationale for this optimization is that for some kinds of shift
7967   // recurrences, the value of the recurrence "stabilizes" to either 0 or -1
7968   // within a finite number of iterations.  If the condition guarding the
7969   // backedge (in the sense that the backedge is taken if the condition is true)
7970   // is false for the value the shift recurrence stabilizes to, then we know
7971   // that the backedge is taken only a finite number of times.
7972 
7973   ConstantInt *StableValue = nullptr;
7974   switch (OpCode) {
7975   default:
7976     llvm_unreachable("Impossible case!");
7977 
7978   case Instruction::AShr: {
7979     // {K,ashr,<positive-constant>} stabilizes to signum(K) in at most
7980     // bitwidth(K) iterations.
7981     Value *FirstValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor);
7982     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(FirstValue, DL, 0, nullptr,
7983                                        Predecessor->getTerminator(), &DT);
7984     auto *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType());
7985     if (Known.isNonNegative())
7986       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
7987     else if (Known.isNegative())
7988       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, -1, true);
7989     else
7990       return getCouldNotCompute();
7991 
7992     break;
7993   }
7994   case Instruction::LShr:
7995   case Instruction::Shl:
7996     // Both {K,lshr,<positive-constant>} and {K,shl,<positive-constant>}
7997     // stabilize to 0 in at most bitwidth(K) iterations.
7998     StableValue = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType()), 0);
7999     break;
8000   }
8001 
8002   auto *Result =
8003       ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, StableValue, RHS, DL, &TLI);
8004   assert(Result->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
8005          "Otherwise cannot be an operand to a branch instruction");
8006 
8007   if (Result->isZeroValue()) {
8008     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
8009     const SCEV *UpperBound =
8010         getConstant(getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()), BitWidth);
8011     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute(), UpperBound, false);
8012   }
8013 
8014   return getCouldNotCompute();
8015 }
8016 
8017 /// Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the specified type,
8018 /// assuming that all operands were constants.
8019 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
8020   if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
8021       isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
8022       isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<ExtractValueInst>(I))
8023     return true;
8024 
8025   if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
8026     if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
8027       return canConstantFoldCallTo(CI, F);
8028   return false;
8029 }
8030 
8031 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
8032 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
8033 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
8034   // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
8035   if (!L->contains(I)) return false;
8036 
8037   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) {
8038     // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
8039     // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
8040     return L->getHeader() == I->getParent();
8041   }
8042 
8043   // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
8044   // are constants, bail early.
8045   return CanConstantFold(I);
8046 }
8047 
8048 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
8049 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
8050 static PHINode *
8051 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L,
8052                                DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap,
8053                                unsigned Depth) {
8054   if (Depth > MaxConstantEvolvingDepth)
8055     return nullptr;
8056 
8057   // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
8058   // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
8059   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
8060   for (Value *Op : UseInst->operands()) {
8061     if (isa<Constant>(Op)) continue;
8062 
8063     Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
8064     if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr;
8065 
8066     PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst);
8067     if (!P)
8068       // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
8069       // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
8070       // inconsistent paths meet.
8071       P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst);
8072     if (!P) {
8073       // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
8074       // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
8075       P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap, Depth + 1);
8076       PHIMap[OpInst] = P;
8077     }
8078     if (!P)
8079       return nullptr;  // Not evolving from PHI
8080     if (PHI && PHI != P)
8081       return nullptr;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
8082     PHI = P;
8083   }
8084   // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
8085   return PHI;
8086 }
8087 
8088 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
8089 /// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
8090 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
8091 /// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
8092 /// constraints, return null.
8093 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
8094   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
8095   if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
8096 
8097   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
8098     return PN;
8099 
8100   // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
8101   DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap;
8102   return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap, 0);
8103 }
8104 
8105 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
8106 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
8107 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
8108 /// reason, return null.
8109 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
8110                                     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
8111                                     const DataLayout &DL,
8112                                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
8113   // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
8114   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
8115   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
8116   if (!I) return nullptr;
8117 
8118   if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C;
8119 
8120   // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
8121   // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
8122   if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
8123 
8124   // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
8125   // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
8126   // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
8127   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr;
8128 
8129   std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
8130 
8131   for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8132     Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i));
8133     if (!Operand) {
8134       Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i));
8135       if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr;
8136       continue;
8137     }
8138     Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI);
8139     Vals[Operand] = C;
8140     if (!C) return nullptr;
8141     Operands[i] = C;
8142   }
8143 
8144   if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
8145     return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
8146                                            Operands[1], DL, TLI);
8147   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
8148     if (!LI->isVolatile())
8149       return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
8150   }
8151   return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, TLI);
8152 }
8153 
8154 
8155 // If every incoming value to PN except the one for BB is a specific Constant,
8156 // return that, else return nullptr.
8157 static Constant *getOtherIncomingValue(PHINode *PN, BasicBlock *BB) {
8158   Constant *IncomingVal = nullptr;
8159 
8160   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
8161     if (PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == BB)
8162       continue;
8163 
8164     auto *CurrentVal = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
8165     if (!CurrentVal)
8166       return nullptr;
8167 
8168     if (IncomingVal != CurrentVal) {
8169       if (IncomingVal)
8170         return nullptr;
8171       IncomingVal = CurrentVal;
8172     }
8173   }
8174 
8175   return IncomingVal;
8176 }
8177 
8178 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
8179 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
8180 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
8181 /// involving constants, fold it.
8182 Constant *
8183 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
8184                                                    const APInt &BEs,
8185                                                    const Loop *L) {
8186   auto I = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN);
8187   if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end())
8188     return I->second;
8189 
8190   if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
8191     return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr;  // Not going to evaluate it.
8192 
8193   Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN];
8194 
8195   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
8196   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
8197   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
8198 
8199   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
8200   if (!Latch)
8201     return nullptr;
8202 
8203   for (PHINode &PHI : Header->phis()) {
8204     if (auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI, Latch))
8205       CurrentIterVals[&PHI] = StartCST;
8206   }
8207   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
8208     return RetVal = nullptr;
8209 
8210   Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
8211 
8212   // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
8213   assert(BEs.getActiveBits() < CHAR_BIT * sizeof(unsigned) &&
8214          "BEs is <= MaxBruteForceIterations which is an 'unsigned'!");
8215 
8216   unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
8217   unsigned IterationNum = 0;
8218   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
8219   for (; ; ++IterationNum) {
8220     if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
8221       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];  // Got exit value!
8222 
8223     // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
8224     // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
8225     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
8226     Constant *NextPHI =
8227         EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
8228     if (!NextPHI)
8229       return nullptr;        // Couldn't evaluate!
8230     NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI;
8231 
8232     bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN];
8233 
8234     // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes.  However, we don't get to stop if we
8235     // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
8236     // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
8237     SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute;
8238     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
8239       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
8240       if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
8241       PHIsToCompute.emplace_back(PHI, I.second);
8242     }
8243     // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
8244     // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
8245     for (const auto &I : PHIsToCompute) {
8246       PHINode *PHI = I.first;
8247       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
8248       if (!NextPHI) {   // Not already computed.
8249         Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
8250         NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
8251       }
8252       if (NextPHI != I.second)
8253         StoppedEvolving = false;
8254     }
8255 
8256     // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
8257     // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
8258     if (StoppedEvolving)
8259       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];
8260 
8261     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
8262   }
8263 }
8264 
8265 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
8266                                                           Value *Cond,
8267                                                           bool ExitWhen) {
8268   PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
8269   if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute();
8270 
8271   // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
8272   // That's the only form we support here.
8273   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
8274 
8275   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
8276   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
8277   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
8278 
8279   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
8280   assert(Latch && "Should follow from NumIncomingValues == 2!");
8281 
8282   for (PHINode &PHI : Header->phis()) {
8283     if (auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI, Latch))
8284       CurrentIterVals[&PHI] = StartCST;
8285   }
8286   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
8287     return getCouldNotCompute();
8288 
8289   // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
8290   // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
8291   // "ExitWhen".
8292   unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
8293   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
8294   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){
8295     auto *CondVal = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
8296         EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI));
8297 
8298     // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
8299     if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
8300 
8301     if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
8302       ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
8303       return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
8304     }
8305 
8306     // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
8307     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
8308 
8309     // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
8310     // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
8311     // into CurrentIterVals.
8312     SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute;
8313     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
8314       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
8315       if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
8316       PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI);
8317     }
8318     for (PHINode *PHI : PHIsToCompute) {
8319       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
8320       if (NextPHI) continue;    // Already computed!
8321 
8322       Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
8323       NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
8324     }
8325     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
8326   }
8327 
8328   // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
8329   return getCouldNotCompute();
8330 }
8331 
8332 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
8333   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values =
8334       ValuesAtScopes[V];
8335   // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
8336   for (auto &LS : Values)
8337     if (LS.first == L)
8338       return LS.second ? LS.second : V;
8339 
8340   Values.emplace_back(L, nullptr);
8341 
8342   // Otherwise compute it.
8343   const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
8344   for (auto &LS : reverse(ValuesAtScopes[V]))
8345     if (LS.first == L) {
8346       LS.second = C;
8347       break;
8348     }
8349   return C;
8350 }
8351 
8352 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface.  That way, we
8353 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
8354 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
8355 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
8356 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
8357   switch (V->getSCEVType()) {
8358   case scCouldNotCompute:
8359   case scAddRecExpr:
8360     return nullptr;
8361   case scConstant:
8362     return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue();
8363   case scUnknown:
8364     return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue());
8365   case scSignExtend: {
8366     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V);
8367     if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand()))
8368       return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType());
8369     return nullptr;
8370   }
8371   case scZeroExtend: {
8372     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V);
8373     if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand()))
8374       return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType());
8375     return nullptr;
8376   }
8377   case scPtrToInt: {
8378     const SCEVPtrToIntExpr *P2I = cast<SCEVPtrToIntExpr>(V);
8379     if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(P2I->getOperand()))
8380       return ConstantExpr::getPtrToInt(CastOp, P2I->getType());
8381 
8382     return nullptr;
8383   }
8384   case scTruncate: {
8385     const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V);
8386     if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand()))
8387       return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType());
8388     return nullptr;
8389   }
8390   case scAddExpr: {
8391     const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V);
8392     if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) {
8393       if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
8394         unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace();
8395         Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
8396         C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
8397       }
8398       for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8399         Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i));
8400         if (!C2)
8401           return nullptr;
8402 
8403         // First pointer!
8404         if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
8405           unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
8406           std::swap(C, C2);
8407           Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
8408           // The offsets have been converted to bytes.  We can add bytes to an
8409           // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index.
8410           C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
8411         }
8412 
8413         // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't
8414         // statically compute a load that results from it anyway.
8415         if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy())
8416           return nullptr;
8417 
8418         if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
8419           if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy())
8420             C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(
8421                 C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true);
8422           C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(PTy->getElementType(), C, C2);
8423         } else
8424           C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2);
8425       }
8426       return C;
8427     }
8428     return nullptr;
8429   }
8430   case scMulExpr: {
8431     const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V);
8432     if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) {
8433       // Don't bother with pointers at all.
8434       if (C->getType()->isPointerTy())
8435         return nullptr;
8436       for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8437         Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i));
8438         if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy())
8439           return nullptr;
8440         C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2);
8441       }
8442       return C;
8443     }
8444     return nullptr;
8445   }
8446   case scUDivExpr: {
8447     const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V);
8448     if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS()))
8449       if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS()))
8450         if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType())
8451           return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS);
8452     return nullptr;
8453   }
8454   case scSMaxExpr:
8455   case scUMaxExpr:
8456   case scSMinExpr:
8457   case scUMinExpr:
8458     return nullptr; // TODO: smax, umax, smin, umax.
8459   }
8460   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
8461 }
8462 
8463 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
8464   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V;
8465 
8466   // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
8467   // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
8468   if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) {
8469     if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
8470       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
8471         const Loop *CurrLoop = this->LI[I->getParent()];
8472         // Looking for loop exit value.
8473         if (CurrLoop && CurrLoop->getParentLoop() == L &&
8474             PN->getParent() == CurrLoop->getHeader()) {
8475           // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
8476           // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
8477           // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
8478           // value.
8479           const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(CurrLoop);
8480           // This trivial case can show up in some degenerate cases where
8481           // the incoming IR has not yet been fully simplified.
8482           if (BackedgeTakenCount->isZero()) {
8483             Value *InitValue = nullptr;
8484             bool MultipleInitValues = false;
8485             for (unsigned i = 0; i < PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i++) {
8486               if (!CurrLoop->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
8487                 if (!InitValue)
8488                   InitValue = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
8489                 else if (InitValue != PN->getIncomingValue(i)) {
8490                   MultipleInitValues = true;
8491                   break;
8492                 }
8493               }
8494             }
8495             if (!MultipleInitValues && InitValue)
8496               return getSCEV(InitValue);
8497           }
8498           // Do we have a loop invariant value flowing around the backedge
8499           // for a loop which must execute the backedge?
8500           if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BackedgeTakenCount) &&
8501               isKnownPositive(BackedgeTakenCount) &&
8502               PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) {
8503 
8504             unsigned InLoopPred =
8505                 CurrLoop->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(0)) ? 0 : 1;
8506             Value *BackedgeVal = PN->getIncomingValue(InLoopPred);
8507             if (CurrLoop->isLoopInvariant(BackedgeVal))
8508               return getSCEV(BackedgeVal);
8509           }
8510           if (auto *BTCC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
8511             // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
8512             // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
8513             // the specified iteration number.
8514             Constant *RV = getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(
8515                 PN, BTCC->getAPInt(), CurrLoop);
8516             if (RV) return getSCEV(RV);
8517           }
8518         }
8519 
8520         // If there is a single-input Phi, evaluate it at our scope. If we can
8521         // prove that this replacement does not break LCSSA form, use new value.
8522         if (PN->getNumOperands() == 1) {
8523           const SCEV *Input = getSCEV(PN->getOperand(0));
8524           const SCEV *InputAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Input, L);
8525           // TODO: We can generalize it using LI.replacementPreservesLCSSAForm,
8526           // for the simplest case just support constants.
8527           if (isa<SCEVConstant>(InputAtScope)) return InputAtScope;
8528         }
8529       }
8530 
8531       // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
8532       // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
8533       // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
8534       // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
8535       if (CanConstantFold(I)) {
8536         SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
8537         bool MadeImprovement = false;
8538         for (Value *Op : I->operands()) {
8539           if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
8540             Operands.push_back(C);
8541             continue;
8542           }
8543 
8544           // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
8545           // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
8546           // with scev techniques.
8547           if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
8548             return V;
8549 
8550           const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
8551           const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
8552           MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
8553 
8554           Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV);
8555           if (!C) return V;
8556           if (C->getType() != Op->getType())
8557             C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false,
8558                                                               Op->getType(),
8559                                                               false),
8560                                       C, Op->getType());
8561           Operands.push_back(C);
8562         }
8563 
8564         // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
8565         if (MadeImprovement) {
8566           Constant *C = nullptr;
8567           const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
8568           if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
8569             C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
8570                                                 Operands[1], DL, &TLI);
8571           else if (const LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
8572             if (!Load->isVolatile())
8573               C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], Load->getType(),
8574                                                DL);
8575           } else
8576             C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, &TLI);
8577           if (!C) return V;
8578           return getSCEV(C);
8579         }
8580       }
8581     }
8582 
8583     // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
8584     return V;
8585   }
8586 
8587   if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) {
8588     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
8589     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
8590     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8591       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
8592       if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) {
8593         // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
8594         // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
8595         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(),
8596                                             Comm->op_begin()+i);
8597         NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8598 
8599         for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
8600           OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
8601           NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8602         }
8603         if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm))
8604           return getAddExpr(NewOps, Comm->getNoWrapFlags());
8605         if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm))
8606           return getMulExpr(NewOps, Comm->getNoWrapFlags());
8607         if (isa<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(Comm))
8608           return getMinMaxExpr(Comm->getSCEVType(), NewOps);
8609         llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!");
8610       }
8611     }
8612     // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
8613     return Comm;
8614   }
8615 
8616   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) {
8617     const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L);
8618     const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L);
8619     if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS())
8620       return Div;   // must be loop invariant
8621     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
8622   }
8623 
8624   // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
8625   // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
8626   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
8627     // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
8628     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
8629     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
8630     for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8631       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
8632       if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
8633         continue;
8634 
8635       // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
8636       // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
8637       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
8638                                           AddRec->op_begin()+i);
8639       NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8640       for (++i; i != e; ++i)
8641         NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
8642 
8643       const SCEV *FoldedRec =
8644         getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
8645                       AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
8646       AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec);
8647       // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
8648       // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
8649       // ahead and return the folded value.
8650       if (!AddRec)
8651         return FoldedRec;
8652       break;
8653     }
8654 
8655     // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
8656     // loop exit value of the addrec.
8657     if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
8658       // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
8659       // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
8660       const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
8661       if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec;
8662 
8663       // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
8664       return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
8665     }
8666 
8667     return AddRec;
8668   }
8669 
8670   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) {
8671     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8672     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8673       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8674     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8675   }
8676 
8677   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) {
8678     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8679     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8680       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8681     return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8682   }
8683 
8684   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) {
8685     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8686     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8687       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8688     return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8689   }
8690 
8691   if (const SCEVPtrToIntExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVPtrToIntExpr>(V)) {
8692     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8693     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8694       return Cast; // must be loop invariant
8695     return getPtrToIntExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8696   }
8697 
8698   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
8699 }
8700 
8701 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
8702   return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
8703 }
8704 
8705 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::stripInjectiveFunctions(const SCEV *S) const {
8706   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S))
8707     return stripInjectiveFunctions(ZExt->getOperand());
8708   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
8709     return stripInjectiveFunctions(SExt->getOperand());
8710   return S;
8711 }
8712 
8713 /// Finds the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
8714 ///
8715 ///     A * X = B (mod N)
8716 ///
8717 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
8718 /// A and B isn't important.
8719 ///
8720 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
8721 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const SCEV *B,
8722                                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8723   uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
8724   assert(BW == SE.getTypeSizeInBits(B->getType()));
8725   assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
8726 
8727   // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
8728   //
8729   // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
8730   // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
8731   uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros();
8732   // D = 2^Mult2
8733 
8734   // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
8735   //
8736   // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
8737   // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
8738   if (SE.GetMinTrailingZeros(B) < Mult2)
8739     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
8740 
8741   // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
8742   // modulo (N / D).
8743   //
8744   // If D == 1, (N / D) == N == 2^BW, so we need one extra bit to represent
8745   // (N / D) in general. The inverse itself always fits into BW bits, though,
8746   // so we immediately truncate it.
8747   APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1);  // AD = A / D
8748   APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0);
8749   Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2);  // Mod = N / D
8750   APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod).trunc(BW);
8751 
8752   // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
8753   // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
8754   // To simplify the computation, we factor out the divide by D:
8755   // (I * B mod N) / D
8756   const SCEV *D = SE.getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BW, Mult2));
8757   return SE.getUDivExactExpr(SE.getMulExpr(B, SE.getConstant(I)), D);
8758 }
8759 
8760 /// For a given quadratic addrec, generate coefficients of the corresponding
8761 /// quadratic equation, multiplied by a common value to ensure that they are
8762 /// integers.
8763 /// The returned value is a tuple { A, B, C, M, BitWidth }, where
8764 /// Ax^2 + Bx + C is the quadratic function, M is the value that A, B and C
8765 /// were multiplied by, and BitWidth is the bit width of the original addrec
8766 /// coefficients.
8767 /// This function returns None if the addrec coefficients are not compile-
8768 /// time constants.
8769 static Optional<std::tuple<APInt, APInt, APInt, APInt, unsigned>>
8770 GetQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec) {
8771   assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
8772   const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
8773   const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
8774   const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
8775   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": analyzing quadratic addrec: "
8776                     << *AddRec << '\n');
8777 
8778   // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
8779   if (!LC || !MC || !NC) {
8780     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": coefficients are not constant\n");
8781     return None;
8782   }
8783 
8784   APInt L = LC->getAPInt();
8785   APInt M = MC->getAPInt();
8786   APInt N = NC->getAPInt();
8787   assert(!N.isNullValue() && "This is not a quadratic addrec");
8788 
8789   unsigned BitWidth = LC->getAPInt().getBitWidth();
8790   unsigned NewWidth = BitWidth + 1;
8791   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": addrec coeff bw: "
8792                     << BitWidth << '\n');
8793   // The sign-extension (as opposed to a zero-extension) here matches the
8794   // extension used in SolveQuadraticEquationWrap (with the same motivation).
8795   N = N.sext(NewWidth);
8796   M = M.sext(NewWidth);
8797   L = L.sext(NewWidth);
8798 
8799   // The increments are M, M+N, M+2N, ..., so the accumulated values are
8800   //   L+M, (L+M)+(M+N), (L+M)+(M+N)+(M+2N), ..., that is,
8801   //   L+M, L+2M+N, L+3M+3N, ...
8802   // After n iterations the accumulated value Acc is L + nM + n(n-1)/2 N.
8803   //
8804   // The equation Acc = 0 is then
8805   //   L + nM + n(n-1)/2 N = 0,  or  2L + 2M n + n(n-1) N = 0.
8806   // In a quadratic form it becomes:
8807   //   N n^2 + (2M-N) n + 2L = 0.
8808 
8809   APInt A = N;
8810   APInt B = 2 * M - A;
8811   APInt C = 2 * L;
8812   APInt T = APInt(NewWidth, 2);
8813   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": equation " << A << "x^2 + " << B
8814                     << "x + " << C << ", coeff bw: " << NewWidth
8815                     << ", multiplied by " << T << '\n');
8816   return std::make_tuple(A, B, C, T, BitWidth);
8817 }
8818 
8819 /// Helper function to compare optional APInts:
8820 /// (a) if X and Y both exist, return min(X, Y),
8821 /// (b) if neither X nor Y exist, return None,
8822 /// (c) if exactly one of X and Y exists, return that value.
8823 static Optional<APInt> MinOptional(Optional<APInt> X, Optional<APInt> Y) {
8824   if (X.hasValue() && Y.hasValue()) {
8825     unsigned W = std::max(X->getBitWidth(), Y->getBitWidth());
8826     APInt XW = X->sextOrSelf(W);
8827     APInt YW = Y->sextOrSelf(W);
8828     return XW.slt(YW) ? *X : *Y;
8829   }
8830   if (!X.hasValue() && !Y.hasValue())
8831     return None;
8832   return X.hasValue() ? *X : *Y;
8833 }
8834 
8835 /// Helper function to truncate an optional APInt to a given BitWidth.
8836 /// When solving addrec-related equations, it is preferable to return a value
8837 /// that has the same bit width as the original addrec's coefficients. If the
8838 /// solution fits in the original bit width, truncate it (except for i1).
8839 /// Returning a value of a different bit width may inhibit some optimizations.
8840 ///
8841 /// In general, a solution to a quadratic equation generated from an addrec
8842 /// may require BW+1 bits, where BW is the bit width of the addrec's
8843 /// coefficients. The reason is that the coefficients of the quadratic
8844 /// equation are BW+1 bits wide (to avoid truncation when converting from
8845 /// the addrec to the equation).
8846 static Optional<APInt> TruncIfPossible(Optional<APInt> X, unsigned BitWidth) {
8847   if (!X.hasValue())
8848     return None;
8849   unsigned W = X->getBitWidth();
8850   if (BitWidth > 1 && BitWidth < W && X->isIntN(BitWidth))
8851     return X->trunc(BitWidth);
8852   return X;
8853 }
8854 
8855 /// Let c(n) be the value of the quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N} after n
8856 /// iterations. The values L, M, N are assumed to be signed, and they
8857 /// should all have the same bit widths.
8858 /// Find the least n >= 0 such that c(n) = 0 in the arithmetic modulo 2^BW,
8859 /// where BW is the bit width of the addrec's coefficients.
8860 /// If the calculated value is a BW-bit integer (for BW > 1), it will be
8861 /// returned as such, otherwise the bit width of the returned value may
8862 /// be greater than BW.
8863 ///
8864 /// This function returns None if
8865 /// (a) the addrec coefficients are not constant, or
8866 /// (b) SolveQuadraticEquationWrap was unable to find a solution. For cases
8867 ///     like x^2 = 5, no integer solutions exist, in other cases an integer
8868 ///     solution may exist, but SolveQuadraticEquationWrap may fail to find it.
8869 static Optional<APInt>
8870 SolveQuadraticAddRecExact(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8871   APInt A, B, C, M;
8872   unsigned BitWidth;
8873   auto T = GetQuadraticEquation(AddRec);
8874   if (!T.hasValue())
8875     return None;
8876 
8877   std::tie(A, B, C, M, BitWidth) = *T;
8878   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving for unsigned overflow\n");
8879   Optional<APInt> X = APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(A, B, C, BitWidth+1);
8880   if (!X.hasValue())
8881     return None;
8882 
8883   ConstantInt *CX = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), *X);
8884   ConstantInt *V = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(AddRec, CX, SE);
8885   if (!V->isZero())
8886     return None;
8887 
8888   return TruncIfPossible(X, BitWidth);
8889 }
8890 
8891 /// Let c(n) be the value of the quadratic chrec {0,+,M,+,N} after n
8892 /// iterations. The values M, N are assumed to be signed, and they
8893 /// should all have the same bit widths.
8894 /// Find the least n such that c(n) does not belong to the given range,
8895 /// while c(n-1) does.
8896 ///
8897 /// This function returns None if
8898 /// (a) the addrec coefficients are not constant, or
8899 /// (b) SolveQuadraticEquationWrap was unable to find a solution for the
8900 ///     bounds of the range.
8901 static Optional<APInt>
8902 SolveQuadraticAddRecRange(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec,
8903                           const ConstantRange &Range, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8904   assert(AddRec->getOperand(0)->isZero() &&
8905          "Starting value of addrec should be 0");
8906   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving boundary crossing for range "
8907                     << Range << ", addrec " << *AddRec << '\n');
8908   // This case is handled in getNumIterationsInRange. Here we can assume that
8909   // we start in the range.
8910   assert(Range.contains(APInt(SE.getTypeSizeInBits(AddRec->getType()), 0)) &&
8911          "Addrec's initial value should be in range");
8912 
8913   APInt A, B, C, M;
8914   unsigned BitWidth;
8915   auto T = GetQuadraticEquation(AddRec);
8916   if (!T.hasValue())
8917     return None;
8918 
8919   // Be careful about the return value: there can be two reasons for not
8920   // returning an actual number. First, if no solutions to the equations
8921   // were found, and second, if the solutions don't leave the given range.
8922   // The first case means that the actual solution is "unknown", the second
8923   // means that it's known, but not valid. If the solution is unknown, we
8924   // cannot make any conclusions.
8925   // Return a pair: the optional solution and a flag indicating if the
8926   // solution was found.
8927   auto SolveForBoundary = [&](APInt Bound) -> std::pair<Optional<APInt>,bool> {
8928     // Solve for signed overflow and unsigned overflow, pick the lower
8929     // solution.
8930     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SolveQuadraticAddRecRange: checking boundary "
8931                       << Bound << " (before multiplying by " << M << ")\n");
8932     Bound *= M; // The quadratic equation multiplier.
8933 
8934     Optional<APInt> SO = None;
8935     if (BitWidth > 1) {
8936       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SolveQuadraticAddRecRange: solving for "
8937                            "signed overflow\n");
8938       SO = APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(A, B, -Bound, BitWidth);
8939     }
8940     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SolveQuadraticAddRecRange: solving for "
8941                          "unsigned overflow\n");
8942     Optional<APInt> UO = APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(A, B, -Bound,
8943                                                               BitWidth+1);
8944 
8945     auto LeavesRange = [&] (const APInt &X) {
8946       ConstantInt *C0 = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), X);
8947       ConstantInt *V0 = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(AddRec, C0, SE);
8948       if (Range.contains(V0->getValue()))
8949         return false;
8950       // X should be at least 1, so X-1 is non-negative.
8951       ConstantInt *C1 = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), X-1);
8952       ConstantInt *V1 = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(AddRec, C1, SE);
8953       if (Range.contains(V1->getValue()))
8954         return true;
8955       return false;
8956     };
8957 
8958     // If SolveQuadraticEquationWrap returns None, it means that there can
8959     // be a solution, but the function failed to find it. We cannot treat it
8960     // as "no solution".
8961     if (!SO.hasValue() || !UO.hasValue())
8962       return { None, false };
8963 
8964     // Check the smaller value first to see if it leaves the range.
8965     // At this point, both SO and UO must have values.
8966     Optional<APInt> Min = MinOptional(SO, UO);
8967     if (LeavesRange(*Min))
8968       return { Min, true };
8969     Optional<APInt> Max = Min == SO ? UO : SO;
8970     if (LeavesRange(*Max))
8971       return { Max, true };
8972 
8973     // Solutions were found, but were eliminated, hence the "true".
8974     return { None, true };
8975   };
8976 
8977   std::tie(A, B, C, M, BitWidth) = *T;
8978   // Lower bound is inclusive, subtract 1 to represent the exiting value.
8979   APInt Lower = Range.getLower().sextOrSelf(A.getBitWidth()) - 1;
8980   APInt Upper = Range.getUpper().sextOrSelf(A.getBitWidth());
8981   auto SL = SolveForBoundary(Lower);
8982   auto SU = SolveForBoundary(Upper);
8983   // If any of the solutions was unknown, no meaninigful conclusions can
8984   // be made.
8985   if (!SL.second || !SU.second)
8986     return None;
8987 
8988   // Claim: The correct solution is not some value between Min and Max.
8989   //
8990   // Justification: Assuming that Min and Max are different values, one of
8991   // them is when the first signed overflow happens, the other is when the
8992   // first unsigned overflow happens. Crossing the range boundary is only
8993   // possible via an overflow (treating 0 as a special case of it, modeling
8994   // an overflow as crossing k*2^W for some k).
8995   //
8996   // The interesting case here is when Min was eliminated as an invalid
8997   // solution, but Max was not. The argument is that if there was another
8998   // overflow between Min and Max, it would also have been eliminated if
8999   // it was considered.
9000   //
9001   // For a given boundary, it is possible to have two overflows of the same
9002   // type (signed/unsigned) without having the other type in between: this
9003   // can happen when the vertex of the parabola is between the iterations
9004   // corresponding to the overflows. This is only possible when the two
9005   // overflows cross k*2^W for the same k. In such case, if the second one
9006   // left the range (and was the first one to do so), the first overflow
9007   // would have to enter the range, which would mean that either we had left
9008   // the range before or that we started outside of it. Both of these cases
9009   // are contradictions.
9010   //
9011   // Claim: In the case where SolveForBoundary returns None, the correct
9012   // solution is not some value between the Max for this boundary and the
9013   // Min of the other boundary.
9014   //
9015   // Justification: Assume that we had such Max_A and Min_B corresponding
9016   // to range boundaries A and B and such that Max_A < Min_B. If there was
9017   // a solution between Max_A and Min_B, it would have to be caused by an
9018   // overflow corresponding to either A or B. It cannot correspond to B,
9019   // since Min_B is the first occurrence of such an overflow. If it
9020   // corresponded to A, it would have to be either a signed or an unsigned
9021   // overflow that is larger than both eliminated overflows for A. But
9022   // between the eliminated overflows and this overflow, the values would
9023   // cover the entire value space, thus crossing the other boundary, which
9024   // is a contradiction.
9025 
9026   return TruncIfPossible(MinOptional(SL.first, SU.first), BitWidth);
9027 }
9028 
9029 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
9030 ScalarEvolution::howFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit,
9031                               bool AllowPredicates) {
9032 
9033   // This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition
9034   // is now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
9035   // effectively V != 0.  We know and take advantage of the fact that this
9036   // expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
9037 
9038   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
9039   // If the value is a constant
9040   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
9041     // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
9042     if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
9043     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
9044   }
9045 
9046   const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec =
9047       dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(stripInjectiveFunctions(V));
9048 
9049   if (!AddRec && AllowPredicates)
9050     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
9051     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
9052     // algorithm below.
9053     AddRec = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(V, L, Predicates);
9054 
9055   if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
9056     return getCouldNotCompute();
9057 
9058   // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
9059   // the quadratic equation to solve it.
9060   if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
9061     // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
9062     // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
9063     // should not accept a root of 2.
9064     if (auto S = SolveQuadraticAddRecExact(AddRec, *this)) {
9065       const auto *R = cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(S.getValue()));
9066       return ExitLimit(R, R, false, Predicates);
9067     }
9068     return getCouldNotCompute();
9069   }
9070 
9071   // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
9072   if (!AddRec->isAffine())
9073     return getCouldNotCompute();
9074 
9075   // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
9076   // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
9077   //
9078   //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
9079   //
9080   // equivalent to:
9081   //
9082   //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
9083   //
9084   // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
9085 
9086   // Get the initial value for the loop.
9087   const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop());
9088   const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop());
9089 
9090   // For now we handle only constant steps.
9091   //
9092   // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the
9093   // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap
9094   // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step.
9095   // We have not yet seen any such cases.
9096   const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
9097   if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->isZero())
9098     return getCouldNotCompute();
9099 
9100   // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
9101   //   N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
9102   // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
9103   //   N = Start/-Step
9104   // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
9105   bool CountDown = StepC->getAPInt().isNegative();
9106   const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start);
9107 
9108   // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
9109   // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
9110   //   N = Distance (as unsigned)
9111   if (StepC->getValue()->isOne() || StepC->getValue()->isMinusOne()) {
9112     APInt MaxBECount = getUnsignedRangeMax(applyLoopGuards(Distance, L));
9113     APInt MaxBECountBase = getUnsignedRangeMax(Distance);
9114     if (MaxBECountBase.ult(MaxBECount))
9115       MaxBECount = MaxBECountBase;
9116 
9117     // When a loop like "for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) { /* body */ }" is rotated,
9118     // we end up with a loop whose backedge-taken count is n - 1.  Detect this
9119     // case, and see if we can improve the bound.
9120     //
9121     // Explicitly handling this here is necessary because getUnsignedRange
9122     // isn't context-sensitive; it doesn't know that we only care about the
9123     // range inside the loop.
9124     const SCEV *Zero = getZero(Distance->getType());
9125     const SCEV *One = getOne(Distance->getType());
9126     const SCEV *DistancePlusOne = getAddExpr(Distance, One);
9127     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, DistancePlusOne, Zero)) {
9128       // If Distance + 1 doesn't overflow, we can compute the maximum distance
9129       // as "unsigned_max(Distance + 1) - 1".
9130       ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(DistancePlusOne);
9131       MaxBECount = APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount, CR.getUnsignedMax() - 1);
9132     }
9133     return ExitLimit(Distance, getConstant(MaxBECount), false, Predicates);
9134   }
9135 
9136   // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
9137   // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
9138   // compute the backedge count.  In this case, the step may not divide the
9139   // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
9140   // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
9141   if (ControlsExit && AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
9142       loopHasNoAbnormalExits(AddRec->getLoop())) {
9143     const SCEV *Exact =
9144         getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step);
9145     const SCEV *Max =
9146         Exact == getCouldNotCompute()
9147             ? Exact
9148             : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(Exact));
9149     return ExitLimit(Exact, Max, false, Predicates);
9150   }
9151 
9152   // Solve the general equation.
9153   const SCEV *E = SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getAPInt(),
9154                                                getNegativeSCEV(Start), *this);
9155   const SCEV *M = E == getCouldNotCompute()
9156                       ? E
9157                       : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(E));
9158   return ExitLimit(E, M, false, Predicates);
9159 }
9160 
9161 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
9162 ScalarEvolution::howFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
9163   // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
9164   // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
9165   // future as needed.
9166 
9167   // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
9168   // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
9169   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
9170     if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
9171       return getZero(C->getType());
9172     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
9173   }
9174 
9175   // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
9176   // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
9177   return getCouldNotCompute();
9178 }
9179 
9180 std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *>
9181 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(const BasicBlock *BB)
9182     const {
9183   // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
9184   // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
9185   // from the predecessor to the block.
9186   if (const BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
9187     return {Pred, BB};
9188 
9189   // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
9190   // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
9191   // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
9192   if (const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(BB))
9193     return {L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()};
9194 
9195   return {nullptr, nullptr};
9196 }
9197 
9198 /// SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for testing whether two
9199 /// expressions are equal, however for the purposes of looking for a condition
9200 /// guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little more general, since a
9201 /// front-end may have replicated the controlling expression.
9202 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
9203   // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
9204   if (A == B) return true;
9205 
9206   auto ComputesEqualValues = [](const Instruction *A, const Instruction *B) {
9207     // Not all instructions that are "identical" compute the same value.  For
9208     // instance, two distinct alloca instructions allocating the same type are
9209     // identical and do not read memory; but compute distinct values.
9210     return A->isIdenticalTo(B) && (isa<BinaryOperator>(A) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(A));
9211   };
9212 
9213   // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
9214   // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
9215   if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
9216     if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
9217       if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
9218         if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
9219           if (ComputesEqualValues(AI, BI))
9220             return true;
9221 
9222   // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
9223   return false;
9224 }
9225 
9226 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred,
9227                                            const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS,
9228                                            unsigned Depth) {
9229   bool Changed = false;
9230   // Simplifies ICMP to trivial true or false by turning it into '0 == 0' or
9231   // '0 != 0'.
9232   auto TrivialCase = [&](bool TriviallyTrue) {
9233     LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
9234     Pred = TriviallyTrue ? ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ : ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
9235     return true;
9236   };
9237   // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
9238   if (Depth >= 3)
9239     return false;
9240 
9241   // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
9242   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
9243     // Check for both operands constant.
9244     if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
9245       if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred,
9246                                 LHSC->getValue(),
9247                                 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue())
9248         return TrivialCase(false);
9249       else
9250         return TrivialCase(true);
9251     }
9252     // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
9253     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9254     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
9255     Changed = true;
9256   }
9257 
9258   // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
9259   // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
9260   // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
9261   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
9262     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
9263     if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) {
9264       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9265       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
9266       Changed = true;
9267     }
9268   }
9269 
9270   // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
9271   // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
9272   if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
9273     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
9274 
9275     bool SimplifiedByConstantRange = false;
9276 
9277     if (!ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred)) {
9278       ConstantRange ExactCR = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RA);
9279       if (ExactCR.isFullSet())
9280         return TrivialCase(true);
9281       else if (ExactCR.isEmptySet())
9282         return TrivialCase(false);
9283 
9284       APInt NewRHS;
9285       CmpInst::Predicate NewPred;
9286       if (ExactCR.getEquivalentICmp(NewPred, NewRHS) &&
9287           ICmpInst::isEquality(NewPred)) {
9288         // We were able to convert an inequality to an equality.
9289         Pred = NewPred;
9290         RHS = getConstant(NewRHS);
9291         Changed = SimplifiedByConstantRange = true;
9292       }
9293     }
9294 
9295     if (!SimplifiedByConstantRange) {
9296       switch (Pred) {
9297       default:
9298         break;
9299       case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
9300       case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
9301         // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
9302         if (!RA)
9303           if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS))
9304             if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME =
9305                     dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0)))
9306               if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
9307                   ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
9308                 RHS = AE->getOperand(1);
9309                 LHS = ME->getOperand(1);
9310                 Changed = true;
9311               }
9312         break;
9313 
9314 
9315         // The "Should have been caught earlier!" messages refer to the fact
9316         // that the ExactCR.isFullSet() or ExactCR.isEmptySet() check above
9317         // should have fired on the corresponding cases, and canonicalized the
9318         // check to trivial case.
9319 
9320       case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9321         assert(!RA.isMinValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
9322         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
9323         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
9324         Changed = true;
9325         break;
9326       case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9327         assert(!RA.isMaxValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
9328         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
9329         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
9330         Changed = true;
9331         break;
9332       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9333         assert(!RA.isMinSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
9334         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
9335         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
9336         Changed = true;
9337         break;
9338       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9339         assert(!RA.isMaxSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
9340         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
9341         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
9342         Changed = true;
9343         break;
9344       }
9345     }
9346   }
9347 
9348   // Check for obvious equality.
9349   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
9350     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
9351       return TrivialCase(true);
9352     if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
9353       return TrivialCase(false);
9354   }
9355 
9356   // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
9357   // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
9358   switch (Pred) {
9359   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9360     if (!getSignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
9361       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
9362                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
9363       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
9364       Changed = true;
9365     } else if (!getSignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
9366       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
9367                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
9368       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
9369       Changed = true;
9370     }
9371     break;
9372   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9373     if (!getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
9374       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
9375                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
9376       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
9377       Changed = true;
9378     } else if (!getSignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
9379       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
9380                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
9381       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
9382       Changed = true;
9383     }
9384     break;
9385   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9386     if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxValue()) {
9387       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
9388                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
9389       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
9390       Changed = true;
9391     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinValue()) {
9392       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS);
9393       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
9394       Changed = true;
9395     }
9396     break;
9397   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9398     if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinValue()) {
9399       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS);
9400       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
9401       Changed = true;
9402     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxValue()) {
9403       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
9404                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
9405       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
9406       Changed = true;
9407     }
9408     break;
9409   default:
9410     break;
9411   }
9412 
9413   // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
9414 
9415   // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
9416   // changes.
9417   if (Changed)
9418     return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1);
9419 
9420   return Changed;
9421 }
9422 
9423 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
9424   return getSignedRangeMax(S).isNegative();
9425 }
9426 
9427 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
9428   return getSignedRangeMin(S).isStrictlyPositive();
9429 }
9430 
9431 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
9432   return !getSignedRangeMin(S).isNegative();
9433 }
9434 
9435 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
9436   return !getSignedRangeMax(S).isStrictlyPositive();
9437 }
9438 
9439 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
9440   return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S);
9441 }
9442 
9443 std::pair<const SCEV *, const SCEV *>
9444 ScalarEvolution::SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(const Loop *L, const SCEV *S) {
9445   // Compute SCEV on entry of loop L.
9446   const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this);
9447   if (Start == getCouldNotCompute())
9448     return { Start, Start };
9449   // Compute post increment SCEV for loop L.
9450   const SCEV *PostInc = SCEVPostIncRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this);
9451   assert(PostInc != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected could not compute");
9452   return { Start, PostInc };
9453 }
9454 
9455 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaInduction(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9456                                           const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9457   // First collect all loops.
9458   SmallPtrSet<const Loop *, 8> LoopsUsed;
9459   getUsedLoops(LHS, LoopsUsed);
9460   getUsedLoops(RHS, LoopsUsed);
9461 
9462   if (LoopsUsed.empty())
9463     return false;
9464 
9465   // Domination relationship must be a linear order on collected loops.
9466 #ifndef NDEBUG
9467   for (auto *L1 : LoopsUsed)
9468     for (auto *L2 : LoopsUsed)
9469       assert((DT.dominates(L1->getHeader(), L2->getHeader()) ||
9470               DT.dominates(L2->getHeader(), L1->getHeader())) &&
9471              "Domination relationship is not a linear order");
9472 #endif
9473 
9474   const Loop *MDL =
9475       *std::max_element(LoopsUsed.begin(), LoopsUsed.end(),
9476                         [&](const Loop *L1, const Loop *L2) {
9477          return DT.properlyDominates(L1->getHeader(), L2->getHeader());
9478        });
9479 
9480   // Get init and post increment value for LHS.
9481   auto SplitLHS = SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL, LHS);
9482   // if LHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
9483   if (SplitLHS.first == getCouldNotCompute())
9484     return false;
9485   assert (SplitLHS.second != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
9486   // Get init and post increment value for RHS.
9487   auto SplitRHS = SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL, RHS);
9488   // if RHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
9489   if (SplitRHS.first == getCouldNotCompute())
9490     return false;
9491   assert (SplitRHS.second != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
9492   // It is possible that init SCEV contains an invariant load but it does
9493   // not dominate MDL and is not available at MDL loop entry, so we should
9494   // check it here.
9495   if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitLHS.first, MDL) ||
9496       !isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitRHS.first, MDL))
9497     return false;
9498 
9499   // It seems backedge guard check is faster than entry one so in some cases
9500   // it can speed up whole estimation by short circuit
9501   return isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(MDL, Pred, SplitLHS.second,
9502                                      SplitRHS.second) &&
9503          isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(MDL, Pred, SplitLHS.first, SplitRHS.first);
9504 }
9505 
9506 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9507                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9508   // Canonicalize the inputs first.
9509   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
9510 
9511   if (isKnownViaInduction(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9512     return true;
9513 
9514   if (isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9515     return true;
9516 
9517   // Otherwise see what can be done with some simple reasoning.
9518   return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS);
9519 }
9520 
9521 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateAt(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9522                                          const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9523                                          const Instruction *Context) {
9524   // TODO: Analyze guards and assumes from Context's block.
9525   return isKnownPredicate(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9526          isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(Context->getParent(), Pred, LHS, RHS);
9527 }
9528 
9529 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9530                                               const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
9531                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
9532   const Loop *L = LHS->getLoop();
9533   return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS->getStart(), RHS) &&
9534          isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS);
9535 }
9536 
9537 Optional<ScalarEvolution::MonotonicPredicateType>
9538 ScalarEvolution::getMonotonicPredicateType(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
9539                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9540                                            Optional<const SCEV *> NumIter,
9541                                            const Instruction *Context) {
9542   assert((!NumIter || !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(*NumIter)) &&
9543          "provided number of iterations must be computable!");
9544   auto Result = getMonotonicPredicateTypeImpl(LHS, Pred, NumIter, Context);
9545 
9546 #ifndef NDEBUG
9547   // Verify an invariant: inverting the predicate should turn a monotonically
9548   // increasing change to a monotonically decreasing one, and vice versa.
9549   if (Result) {
9550     auto ResultSwapped = getMonotonicPredicateTypeImpl(
9551         LHS, ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), NumIter, Context);
9552 
9553     assert(ResultSwapped.hasValue() && "should be able to analyze both!");
9554     assert(ResultSwapped.getValue() != Result.getValue() &&
9555            "monotonicity should flip as we flip the predicate");
9556   }
9557 #endif
9558 
9559   return Result;
9560 }
9561 
9562 Optional<ScalarEvolution::MonotonicPredicateType>
9563 ScalarEvolution::getMonotonicPredicateTypeImpl(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
9564                                                ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9565                                                Optional<const SCEV *> NumIter,
9566                                                const Instruction *Context) {
9567   // A zero step value for LHS means the induction variable is essentially a
9568   // loop invariant value. We don't really depend on the predicate actually
9569   // flipping from false to true (for increasing predicates, and the other way
9570   // around for decreasing predicates), all we care about is that *if* the
9571   // predicate changes then it only changes from false to true.
9572   //
9573   // A zero step value in itself is not very useful, but there may be places
9574   // where SCEV can prove X >= 0 but not prove X > 0, so it is helpful to be
9575   // as general as possible.
9576 
9577   // Only handle LE/LT/GE/GT predicates.
9578   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
9579     return None;
9580 
9581   bool IsGreater = ICmpInst::isGE(Pred) || ICmpInst::isGT(Pred);
9582   assert((IsGreater || ICmpInst::isLE(Pred) || ICmpInst::isLT(Pred)) &&
9583          "Should be greater or less!");
9584 
9585   bool IsUnsigned = ICmpInst::isUnsigned(Pred);
9586   assert((IsUnsigned || ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) &&
9587          "Should be either signed or unsigned!");
9588   // Check if we can prove no-wrap in the relevant range.
9589 
9590   const SCEV *Step = LHS->getStepRecurrence(*this);
9591   bool IsStepNonNegative = isKnownNonNegative(Step);
9592   bool IsStepNonPositive = isKnownNonPositive(Step);
9593   // We need to know which direction the iteration is going.
9594   if (!IsStepNonNegative && !IsStepNonPositive)
9595     return None;
9596 
9597   auto ProvedNoWrap = [&]() {
9598     // If the AddRec already has the flag, we are done.
9599     if (IsUnsigned ? LHS->hasNoUnsignedWrap() : LHS->hasNoSignedWrap())
9600       return true;
9601 
9602     if (!NumIter)
9603       return false;
9604     // We could not prove no-wrap on all iteration space. Can we prove it for
9605     // first iterations? In order to achieve it, check that:
9606     // 1. The addrec does not self-wrap;
9607     // 2. start <= end for non-negative step and start >= end for non-positive
9608     // step.
9609     bool HasNoSelfWrap = LHS->hasNoSelfWrap();
9610     if (!HasNoSelfWrap)
9611       // If num iter has same type as the AddRec, and step is +/- 1, even max
9612       // possible number of iterations is not enough to self-wrap.
9613       if (NumIter.getValue()->getType() == LHS->getType())
9614         if (Step == getOne(LHS->getType()) ||
9615             Step == getMinusOne(LHS->getType()))
9616           HasNoSelfWrap = true;
9617     if (!HasNoSelfWrap)
9618       return false;
9619     const SCEV *Start = LHS->getStart();
9620     const SCEV *End = LHS->evaluateAtIteration(*NumIter, *this);
9621     ICmpInst::Predicate NoOverflowPred =
9622         IsStepNonNegative ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE : ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
9623     if (IsUnsigned)
9624       NoOverflowPred = ICmpInst::getUnsignedPredicate(NoOverflowPred);
9625     return isKnownPredicateAt(NoOverflowPred, Start, End, Context);
9626   };
9627 
9628   // If nothing worked, bail.
9629   if (!ProvedNoWrap())
9630     return None;
9631 
9632   if (IsUnsigned)
9633     return IsGreater ? MonotonicallyIncreasing : MonotonicallyDecreasing;
9634   else {
9635     if (IsStepNonNegative)
9636       return IsGreater ? MonotonicallyIncreasing : MonotonicallyDecreasing;
9637 
9638     if (IsStepNonPositive)
9639       return !IsGreater ? MonotonicallyIncreasing : MonotonicallyDecreasing;
9640 
9641     return None;
9642   }
9643 }
9644 
9645 Optional<ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate>
9646 ScalarEvolution::getLoopInvariantPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9647                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9648                                            const Loop *L) {
9649 
9650   // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
9651   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
9652     if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L))
9653       return None;
9654 
9655     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9656     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
9657   }
9658 
9659   const SCEVAddRecExpr *ArLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9660   if (!ArLHS || ArLHS->getLoop() != L)
9661     return None;
9662 
9663   auto MonotonicType = getMonotonicPredicateType(ArLHS, Pred);
9664   if (!MonotonicType)
9665     return None;
9666   // If the predicate "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" monotonically increases from false to
9667   // true as the loop iterates, and the backedge is control dependent on
9668   // "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" == true then we can reason as follows:
9669   //
9670   //   * if the predicate was false in the first iteration then the predicate
9671   //     is never evaluated again, since the loop exits without taking the
9672   //     backedge.
9673   //   * if the predicate was true in the first iteration then it will
9674   //     continue to be true for all future iterations since it is
9675   //     monotonically increasing.
9676   //
9677   // For both the above possibilities, we can replace the loop varying
9678   // predicate with its value on the first iteration of the loop (which is
9679   // loop invariant).
9680   //
9681   // A similar reasoning applies for a monotonically decreasing predicate, by
9682   // replacing true with false and false with true in the above two bullets.
9683   bool Increasing = *MonotonicType == ScalarEvolution::MonotonicallyIncreasing;
9684   auto P = Increasing ? Pred : ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
9685 
9686   if (!isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, P, LHS, RHS))
9687     return None;
9688 
9689   return ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate(Pred, ArLHS->getStart(), RHS);
9690 }
9691 
9692 Optional<ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate>
9693 ScalarEvolution::getLoopInvariantExitCondDuringFirstIterations(
9694     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L,
9695     const Instruction *Context, const SCEV *MaxIter) {
9696   // Try to prove the following set of facts:
9697   // - The predicate is monotonic in the iteration space.
9698   // - If the check does not fail on the 1st iteration:
9699   //   - It will not fail on the MaxIter'th iteration.
9700   // If the check does fail on the 1st iteration, we leave the loop and no
9701   // other checks matter.
9702 
9703   // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
9704   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
9705     if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L))
9706       return None;
9707 
9708     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9709     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
9710   }
9711 
9712   auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9713   if (!AR || AR->getLoop() != L)
9714     return None;
9715 
9716   if (!getMonotonicPredicateType(AR, Pred, MaxIter, Context))
9717     return None;
9718 
9719   // Value of IV on suggested last iteration.
9720   const SCEV *Last = AR->evaluateAtIteration(MaxIter, *this);
9721   // Does it still meet the requirement?
9722   if (!isKnownPredicateAt(Pred, Last, RHS, Context))
9723     return None;
9724 
9725   // Everything is fine.
9726   return ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate(Pred, AR->getStart(), RHS);
9727 }
9728 
9729 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(
9730     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9731   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
9732     return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
9733 
9734   // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
9735   // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
9736 
9737   auto CheckRanges =
9738       [&](const ConstantRange &RangeLHS, const ConstantRange &RangeRHS) {
9739     return ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, RangeRHS)
9740         .contains(RangeLHS);
9741   };
9742 
9743   // The check at the top of the function catches the case where the values are
9744   // known to be equal.
9745   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
9746     return false;
9747 
9748   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)
9749     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS)) ||
9750            CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS)) ||
9751            isKnownNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS));
9752 
9753   if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred))
9754     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS));
9755 
9756   return CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS));
9757 }
9758 
9759 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9760                                                     const SCEV *LHS,
9761                                                     const SCEV *RHS) {
9762   // Match Result to (X + Y)<ExpectedFlags> where Y is a constant integer.
9763   // Return Y via OutY.
9764   auto MatchBinaryAddToConst =
9765       [this](const SCEV *Result, const SCEV *X, APInt &OutY,
9766              SCEV::NoWrapFlags ExpectedFlags) {
9767     const SCEV *NonConstOp, *ConstOp;
9768     SCEV::NoWrapFlags FlagsPresent;
9769 
9770     if (!splitBinaryAdd(Result, ConstOp, NonConstOp, FlagsPresent) ||
9771         !isa<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp) || NonConstOp != X)
9772       return false;
9773 
9774     OutY = cast<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp)->getAPInt();
9775     return (FlagsPresent & ExpectedFlags) == ExpectedFlags;
9776   };
9777 
9778   APInt C;
9779 
9780   switch (Pred) {
9781   default:
9782     break;
9783 
9784   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9785     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9786     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9787   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9788     // X s<= (X + C)<nsw> if C >= 0
9789     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNonNegative())
9790       return true;
9791 
9792     // (X + C)<nsw> s<= X if C <= 0
9793     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
9794         !C.isStrictlyPositive())
9795       return true;
9796     break;
9797 
9798   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9799     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9800     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9801   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
9802     // X s< (X + C)<nsw> if C > 0
9803     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
9804         C.isStrictlyPositive())
9805       return true;
9806 
9807     // (X + C)<nsw> s< X if C < 0
9808     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNegative())
9809       return true;
9810     break;
9811 
9812   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9813     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9814     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9815   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9816     // X u<= (X + C)<nuw> for any C
9817     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNUW))
9818       return true;
9819     break;
9820 
9821   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
9822     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9823     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9824   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
9825     // X u< (X + C)<nuw> if C != 0
9826     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNUW) && !C.isNullValue())
9827       return true;
9828     break;
9829   }
9830 
9831   return false;
9832 }
9833 
9834 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9835                                                    const SCEV *LHS,
9836                                                    const SCEV *RHS) {
9837   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || ProvingSplitPredicate)
9838     return false;
9839 
9840   // Allowing arbitrary number of activations of isKnownPredicateViaSplitting on
9841   // the stack can result in exponential time complexity.
9842   SaveAndRestore<bool> Restore(ProvingSplitPredicate, true);
9843 
9844   // If L >= 0 then I `ult` L <=> I >= 0 && I `slt` L
9845   //
9846   // To prove L >= 0 we use isKnownNonNegative whereas to prove I >= 0 we use
9847   // isKnownPredicate.  isKnownPredicate is more powerful, but also more
9848   // expensive; and using isKnownNonNegative(RHS) is sufficient for most of the
9849   // interesting cases seen in practice.  We can consider "upgrading" L >= 0 to
9850   // use isKnownPredicate later if needed.
9851   return isKnownNonNegative(RHS) &&
9852          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, getZero(LHS->getType())) &&
9853          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
9854 }
9855 
9856 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaGuard(const BasicBlock *BB,
9857                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9858                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9859   // No need to even try if we know the module has no guards.
9860   if (!HasGuards)
9861     return false;
9862 
9863   return any_of(*BB, [&](const Instruction &I) {
9864     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
9865 
9866     Value *Condition;
9867     return match(&I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>(
9868                          m_Value(Condition))) &&
9869            isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, false);
9870   });
9871 }
9872 
9873 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
9874 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
9875 /// to eliminate casts.
9876 bool
9877 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
9878                                              ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9879                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9880   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
9881   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
9882   if (!L) return true;
9883 
9884   if (VerifyIR)
9885     assert(!verifyFunction(*L->getHeader()->getParent(), &dbgs()) &&
9886            "This cannot be done on broken IR!");
9887 
9888 
9889   if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9890     return true;
9891 
9892   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
9893   if (!Latch)
9894     return false;
9895 
9896   BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
9897     dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
9898   if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() &&
9899       isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9900                     LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(),
9901                     LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()))
9902     return true;
9903 
9904   // We don't want more than one activation of the following loops on the stack
9905   // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity.
9906   if (WalkingBEDominatingConds)
9907     return false;
9908 
9909   SaveAndRestore<bool> ClearOnExit(WalkingBEDominatingConds, true);
9910 
9911   // See if we can exploit a trip count to prove the predicate.
9912   const auto &BETakenInfo = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
9913   const SCEV *LatchBECount = BETakenInfo.getExact(Latch, this);
9914   if (LatchBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
9915     // We know that Latch branches back to the loop header exactly
9916     // LatchBECount times.  This means the backdege condition at Latch is
9917     // equivalent to  "{0,+,1} u< LatchBECount".
9918     Type *Ty = LatchBECount->getType();
9919     auto NoWrapFlags = SCEV::NoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNW);
9920     const SCEV *LoopCounter =
9921       getAddRecExpr(getZero(Ty), getOne(Ty), L, NoWrapFlags);
9922     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LoopCounter,
9923                       LatchBECount))
9924       return true;
9925   }
9926 
9927   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
9928   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
9929     if (!AssumeVH)
9930       continue;
9931     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
9932     if (!DT.dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator()))
9933       continue;
9934 
9935     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
9936       return true;
9937   }
9938 
9939   // If the loop is not reachable from the entry block, we risk running into an
9940   // infinite loop as we walk up into the dom tree.  These loops do not matter
9941   // anyway, so we just return a conservative answer when we see them.
9942   if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(L->getHeader()))
9943     return false;
9944 
9945   if (isImpliedViaGuard(Latch, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9946     return true;
9947 
9948   for (DomTreeNode *DTN = DT[Latch], *HeaderDTN = DT[L->getHeader()];
9949        DTN != HeaderDTN; DTN = DTN->getIDom()) {
9950     assert(DTN && "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!");
9951 
9952     BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock();
9953     if (isImpliedViaGuard(BB, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9954       return true;
9955 
9956     BasicBlock *PBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
9957     if (!PBB)
9958       continue;
9959 
9960     BranchInst *ContinuePredicate = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator());
9961     if (!ContinuePredicate || !ContinuePredicate->isConditional())
9962       continue;
9963 
9964     Value *Condition = ContinuePredicate->getCondition();
9965 
9966     // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only
9967     // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge.  This
9968     // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch.
9969 
9970     BasicBlockEdge DominatingEdge(PBB, BB);
9971     if (DominatingEdge.isSingleEdge()) {
9972       // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the
9973       // loop body that dominate the latch.  The dominator tree better agree
9974       // with us on this:
9975       assert(DT.dominates(DominatingEdge, Latch) && "should be!");
9976 
9977       if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition,
9978                         BB != ContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0)))
9979         return true;
9980     }
9981   }
9982 
9983   return false;
9984 }
9985 
9986 bool ScalarEvolution::isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(const BasicBlock *BB,
9987                                                      ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9988                                                      const SCEV *LHS,
9989                                                      const SCEV *RHS) {
9990   if (VerifyIR)
9991     assert(!verifyFunction(*BB->getParent(), &dbgs()) &&
9992            "This cannot be done on broken IR!");
9993 
9994   if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9995     return true;
9996 
9997   // If we cannot prove strict comparison (e.g. a > b), maybe we can prove
9998   // the facts (a >= b && a != b) separately. A typical situation is when the
9999   // non-strict comparison is known from ranges and non-equality is known from
10000   // dominating predicates. If we are proving strict comparison, we always try
10001   // to prove non-equality and non-strict comparison separately.
10002   auto NonStrictPredicate = ICmpInst::getNonStrictPredicate(Pred);
10003   const bool ProvingStrictComparison = (Pred != NonStrictPredicate);
10004   bool ProvedNonStrictComparison = false;
10005   bool ProvedNonEquality = false;
10006 
10007   if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
10008     ProvedNonStrictComparison =
10009         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(NonStrictPredicate, LHS, RHS);
10010     ProvedNonEquality =
10011         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
10012     if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
10013       return true;
10014   }
10015 
10016   // Try to prove (Pred, LHS, RHS) using isImpliedViaGuard.
10017   auto ProveViaGuard = [&](const BasicBlock *Block) {
10018     if (isImpliedViaGuard(Block, Pred, LHS, RHS))
10019       return true;
10020     if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
10021       if (!ProvedNonStrictComparison)
10022         ProvedNonStrictComparison =
10023             isImpliedViaGuard(Block, NonStrictPredicate, LHS, RHS);
10024       if (!ProvedNonEquality)
10025         ProvedNonEquality =
10026             isImpliedViaGuard(Block, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
10027       if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
10028         return true;
10029     }
10030     return false;
10031   };
10032 
10033   // Try to prove (Pred, LHS, RHS) using isImpliedCond.
10034   auto ProveViaCond = [&](const Value *Condition, bool Inverse) {
10035     const Instruction *Context = &BB->front();
10036     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, Inverse, Context))
10037       return true;
10038     if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
10039       if (!ProvedNonStrictComparison)
10040         ProvedNonStrictComparison = isImpliedCond(NonStrictPredicate, LHS, RHS,
10041                                                   Condition, Inverse, Context);
10042       if (!ProvedNonEquality)
10043         ProvedNonEquality = isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS,
10044                                           Condition, Inverse, Context);
10045       if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
10046         return true;
10047     }
10048     return false;
10049   };
10050 
10051   // Starting at the block's predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
10052   // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
10053   // leading to the original block.
10054   const Loop *ContainingLoop = LI.getLoopFor(BB);
10055   const BasicBlock *PredBB;
10056   if (ContainingLoop && ContainingLoop->getHeader() == BB)
10057     PredBB = ContainingLoop->getLoopPredecessor();
10058   else
10059     PredBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
10060   for (std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *> Pair(PredBB, BB);
10061        Pair.first; Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
10062     if (ProveViaGuard(Pair.first))
10063       return true;
10064 
10065     const BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
10066         dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
10067     if (!LoopEntryPredicate ||
10068         LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
10069       continue;
10070 
10071     if (ProveViaCond(LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
10072                      LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
10073       return true;
10074   }
10075 
10076   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
10077   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
10078     if (!AssumeVH)
10079       continue;
10080     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
10081     if (!DT.dominates(CI, BB))
10082       continue;
10083 
10084     if (ProveViaCond(CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
10085       return true;
10086   }
10087 
10088   return false;
10089 }
10090 
10091 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
10092                                                ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10093                                                const SCEV *LHS,
10094                                                const SCEV *RHS) {
10095   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
10096   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
10097   if (!L)
10098     return false;
10099 
10100   // Both LHS and RHS must be available at loop entry.
10101   assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(LHS, L) &&
10102          "LHS is not available at Loop Entry");
10103   assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(RHS, L) &&
10104          "RHS is not available at Loop Entry");
10105   return isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(L->getHeader(), Pred, LHS, RHS);
10106 }
10107 
10108 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
10109                                     const SCEV *RHS,
10110                                     const Value *FoundCondValue, bool Inverse,
10111                                     const Instruction *Context) {
10112   if (!PendingLoopPredicates.insert(FoundCondValue).second)
10113     return false;
10114 
10115   auto ClearOnExit =
10116       make_scope_exit([&]() { PendingLoopPredicates.erase(FoundCondValue); });
10117 
10118   // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
10119   if (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) {
10120     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
10121       if (!Inverse)
10122         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse,
10123                              Context) ||
10124                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse,
10125                              Context);
10126     } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
10127       if (Inverse)
10128         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse,
10129                              Context) ||
10130                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse,
10131                              Context);
10132     }
10133   }
10134 
10135   const ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue);
10136   if (!ICI) return false;
10137 
10138   // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
10139   // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
10140   ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred;
10141   if (Inverse)
10142     FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate();
10143   else
10144     FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate();
10145 
10146   const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
10147   const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
10148 
10149   return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, Context);
10150 }
10151 
10152 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
10153                                     const SCEV *RHS,
10154                                     ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred,
10155                                     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS,
10156                                     const Instruction *Context) {
10157   // Balance the types.
10158   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
10159       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
10160     // For unsigned and equality predicates, try to prove that both found
10161     // operands fit into narrow unsigned range. If so, try to prove facts in
10162     // narrow types.
10163     if (!CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
10164       auto *NarrowType = LHS->getType();
10165       auto *WideType = FoundLHS->getType();
10166       auto BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(NarrowType);
10167       const SCEV *MaxValue = getZeroExtendExpr(
10168           getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth)), WideType);
10169       if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, FoundLHS, MaxValue) &&
10170           isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, FoundRHS, MaxValue)) {
10171         const SCEV *TruncFoundLHS = getTruncateExpr(FoundLHS, NarrowType);
10172         const SCEV *TruncFoundRHS = getTruncateExpr(FoundRHS, NarrowType);
10173         if (isImpliedCondBalancedTypes(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, TruncFoundLHS,
10174                                        TruncFoundRHS, Context))
10175           return true;
10176       }
10177     }
10178 
10179     if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
10180       LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
10181       RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
10182     } else {
10183       LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
10184       RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
10185     }
10186   } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
10187       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
10188     if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
10189       FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
10190       FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
10191     } else {
10192       FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
10193       FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
10194     }
10195   }
10196   return isImpliedCondBalancedTypes(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS,
10197                                     FoundRHS, Context);
10198 }
10199 
10200 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondBalancedTypes(
10201     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10202     ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred, const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS,
10203     const Instruction *Context) {
10204   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) ==
10205              getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType()) &&
10206          "Types should be balanced!");
10207   // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
10208   // canonicalized the comparison.
10209   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
10210     if (LHS == RHS)
10211       return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
10212   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
10213     if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
10214       return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
10215 
10216   // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
10217   if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
10218     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
10219       std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
10220       FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred);
10221     } else {
10222       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
10223       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
10224     }
10225   }
10226 
10227   // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
10228   if (FoundPred == Pred)
10229     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, Context);
10230 
10231   // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
10232   // desired predicate.
10233   if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) {
10234     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
10235       return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS, Context);
10236     else
10237       return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), RHS,
10238                                    LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, Context);
10239   }
10240 
10241   // Unsigned comparison is the same as signed comparison when both the operands
10242   // are non-negative.
10243   if (CmpInst::isUnsigned(FoundPred) &&
10244       CmpInst::getSignedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred &&
10245       isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS))
10246     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, Context);
10247 
10248   // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
10249   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
10250       (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) {
10251 
10252     const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr;
10253     const SCEV *V = nullptr;
10254 
10255     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) {
10256       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS);
10257       V = FoundRHS;
10258     } else {
10259       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS);
10260       V = FoundLHS;
10261     }
10262 
10263     // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
10264     // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t).  The
10265     // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
10266     // predicate we're interested in folding.
10267 
10268     APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
10269         getSignedRangeMin(V) : getUnsignedRangeMin(V);
10270 
10271     if (Min == C->getAPInt()) {
10272       // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
10273       // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
10274       // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
10275 
10276       APInt SharperMin = Min + 1;
10277 
10278       switch (Pred) {
10279         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
10280         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
10281           // We know V `Pred` SharperMin.  If this implies LHS `Pred`
10282           // RHS, we're done.
10283           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(SharperMin),
10284                                     Context))
10285             return true;
10286           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
10287 
10288         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
10289         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
10290           // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
10291           // V == Min).  We know from the guarding condition that !(V
10292           // == Min).  This gives us
10293           //
10294           //       V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
10295           //   =>  V `Pred` Min
10296           //
10297           // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
10298 
10299           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min),
10300                                     Context))
10301             return true;
10302           break;
10303 
10304         // `LHS < RHS` and `LHS <= RHS` are handled in the same way as `RHS > LHS` and `RHS >= LHS` respectively.
10305         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
10306         case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
10307           if (isImpliedCondOperands(CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), RHS,
10308                                     LHS, V, getConstant(SharperMin), Context))
10309             return true;
10310           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
10311 
10312         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
10313         case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
10314           if (isImpliedCondOperands(CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), RHS,
10315                                     LHS, V, getConstant(Min), Context))
10316             return true;
10317           break;
10318 
10319         default:
10320           // No change
10321           break;
10322       }
10323     }
10324   }
10325 
10326   // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
10327   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
10328     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
10329       if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, Context))
10330         return true;
10331   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
10332     if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
10333       if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS,
10334                                 Context))
10335         return true;
10336 
10337   // Otherwise assume the worst.
10338   return false;
10339 }
10340 
10341 bool ScalarEvolution::splitBinaryAdd(const SCEV *Expr,
10342                                      const SCEV *&L, const SCEV *&R,
10343                                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags &Flags) {
10344   const auto *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
10345   if (!AE || AE->getNumOperands() != 2)
10346     return false;
10347 
10348   L = AE->getOperand(0);
10349   R = AE->getOperand(1);
10350   Flags = AE->getNoWrapFlags();
10351   return true;
10352 }
10353 
10354 Optional<APInt> ScalarEvolution::computeConstantDifference(const SCEV *More,
10355                                                            const SCEV *Less) {
10356   // We avoid subtracting expressions here because this function is usually
10357   // fairly deep in the call stack (i.e. is called many times).
10358 
10359   // X - X = 0.
10360   if (More == Less)
10361     return APInt(getTypeSizeInBits(More->getType()), 0);
10362 
10363   if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less) && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More)) {
10364     const auto *LAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less);
10365     const auto *MAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More);
10366 
10367     if (LAR->getLoop() != MAR->getLoop())
10368       return None;
10369 
10370     // We look at affine expressions only; not for correctness but to keep
10371     // getStepRecurrence cheap.
10372     if (!LAR->isAffine() || !MAR->isAffine())
10373       return None;
10374 
10375     if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(*this) != MAR->getStepRecurrence(*this))
10376       return None;
10377 
10378     Less = LAR->getStart();
10379     More = MAR->getStart();
10380 
10381     // fall through
10382   }
10383 
10384   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Less) && isa<SCEVConstant>(More)) {
10385     const auto &M = cast<SCEVConstant>(More)->getAPInt();
10386     const auto &L = cast<SCEVConstant>(Less)->getAPInt();
10387     return M - L;
10388   }
10389 
10390   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags;
10391   const SCEV *LLess = nullptr, *RLess = nullptr;
10392   const SCEV *LMore = nullptr, *RMore = nullptr;
10393   const SCEVConstant *C1 = nullptr, *C2 = nullptr;
10394   // Compare (X + C1) vs X.
10395   if (splitBinaryAdd(Less, LLess, RLess, Flags))
10396     if ((C1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LLess)))
10397       if (RLess == More)
10398         return -(C1->getAPInt());
10399 
10400   // Compare X vs (X + C2).
10401   if (splitBinaryAdd(More, LMore, RMore, Flags))
10402     if ((C2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LMore)))
10403       if (RMore == Less)
10404         return C2->getAPInt();
10405 
10406   // Compare (X + C1) vs (X + C2).
10407   if (C1 && C2 && RLess == RMore)
10408     return C2->getAPInt() - C1->getAPInt();
10409 
10410   return None;
10411 }
10412 
10413 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaAddRecStart(
10414     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10415     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS, const Instruction *Context) {
10416   // Try to recognize the following pattern:
10417   //
10418   //   FoundRHS = ...
10419   // ...
10420   // loop:
10421   //   FoundLHS = {Start,+,W}
10422   // context_bb: // Basic block from the same loop
10423   //   known(Pred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)
10424   //
10425   // If some predicate is known in the context of a loop, it is also known on
10426   // each iteration of this loop, including the first iteration. Therefore, in
10427   // this case, `FoundLHS Pred FoundRHS` implies `Start Pred FoundRHS`. Try to
10428   // prove the original pred using this fact.
10429   if (!Context)
10430     return false;
10431   const BasicBlock *ContextBB = Context->getParent();
10432   // Make sure AR varies in the context block.
10433   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS)) {
10434     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
10435     // Make sure that context belongs to the loop and executes on 1st iteration
10436     // (if it ever executes at all).
10437     if (!L->contains(ContextBB) || !DT.dominates(ContextBB, L->getLoopLatch()))
10438       return false;
10439     if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundRHS, AR->getLoop()))
10440       return false;
10441     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, AR->getStart(), FoundRHS);
10442   }
10443 
10444   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundRHS)) {
10445     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
10446     // Make sure that context belongs to the loop and executes on 1st iteration
10447     // (if it ever executes at all).
10448     if (!L->contains(ContextBB) || !DT.dominates(ContextBB, L->getLoopLatch()))
10449       return false;
10450     if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundLHS, AR->getLoop()))
10451       return false;
10452     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, AR->getStart());
10453   }
10454 
10455   return false;
10456 }
10457 
10458 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(
10459     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10460     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
10461   if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
10462     return false;
10463 
10464   const auto *AddRecLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
10465   if (!AddRecLHS)
10466     return false;
10467 
10468   const auto *AddRecFoundLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS);
10469   if (!AddRecFoundLHS)
10470     return false;
10471 
10472   // We'd like to let SCEV reason about control dependencies, so we constrain
10473   // both the inequalities to be about add recurrences on the same loop.  This
10474   // way we can use isLoopEntryGuardedByCond later.
10475 
10476   const Loop *L = AddRecFoundLHS->getLoop();
10477   if (L != AddRecLHS->getLoop())
10478     return false;
10479 
10480   //  FoundLHS u< FoundRHS u< -C =>  (FoundLHS + C) u< (FoundRHS + C) ... (1)
10481   //
10482   //  FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C => (FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + C)
10483   //                                                                  ... (2)
10484   //
10485   // Informal proof for (2), assuming (1) [*]:
10486   //
10487   // We'll also assume (A s< B) <=> ((A + INT_MIN) u< (B + INT_MIN)) ... (3)[**]
10488   //
10489   // Then
10490   //
10491   //       FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C
10492   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN) u< -C   [ using (3) ]
10493   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C) [ using (1) ]
10494   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) s<
10495   //                        (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) [ using (3) ]
10496   // <=>  FoundLHS + C s< FoundRHS + C
10497   //
10498   // [*]: (1) can be proved by ruling out overflow.
10499   //
10500   // [**]: This can be proved by analyzing all the four possibilities:
10501   //    (A s< 0, B s< 0), (A s< 0, B s>= 0), (A s>= 0, B s< 0) and
10502   //    (A s>= 0, B s>= 0).
10503   //
10504   // Note:
10505   // Despite (2), "FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C" does not mean that "FoundRHS + C"
10506   // will not sign underflow.  For instance, say FoundLHS = (i8 -128), FoundRHS
10507   // = (i8 -127) and C = (i8 -100).  Then INT_MIN - C = (i8 -28), and FoundRHS
10508   // s< (INT_MIN - C).  Lack of sign overflow / underflow in "FoundRHS + C" is
10509   // neither necessary nor sufficient to prove "(FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS +
10510   // C)".
10511 
10512   Optional<APInt> LDiff = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
10513   Optional<APInt> RDiff = computeConstantDifference(RHS, FoundRHS);
10514   if (!LDiff || !RDiff || *LDiff != *RDiff)
10515     return false;
10516 
10517   if (LDiff->isMinValue())
10518     return true;
10519 
10520   APInt FoundRHSLimit;
10521 
10522   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) {
10523     FoundRHSLimit = -(*RDiff);
10524   } else {
10525     assert(Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && "Checked above!");
10526     FoundRHSLimit = APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) - *RDiff;
10527   }
10528 
10529   // Try to prove (1) or (2), as needed.
10530   return isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundRHS, L) &&
10531          isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, FoundRHS,
10532                                   getConstant(FoundRHSLimit));
10533 }
10534 
10535 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaMerge(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10536                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10537                                         const SCEV *FoundLHS,
10538                                         const SCEV *FoundRHS, unsigned Depth) {
10539   const PHINode *LPhi = nullptr, *RPhi = nullptr;
10540 
10541   auto ClearOnExit = make_scope_exit([&]() {
10542     if (LPhi) {
10543       bool Erased = PendingMerges.erase(LPhi);
10544       assert(Erased && "Failed to erase LPhi!");
10545       (void)Erased;
10546     }
10547     if (RPhi) {
10548       bool Erased = PendingMerges.erase(RPhi);
10549       assert(Erased && "Failed to erase RPhi!");
10550       (void)Erased;
10551     }
10552   });
10553 
10554   // Find respective Phis and check that they are not being pending.
10555   if (const SCEVUnknown *LU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS))
10556     if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LU->getValue())) {
10557       if (!PendingMerges.insert(Phi).second)
10558         return false;
10559       LPhi = Phi;
10560     }
10561   if (const SCEVUnknown *RU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS))
10562     if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(RU->getValue())) {
10563       // If we detect a loop of Phi nodes being processed by this method, for
10564       // example:
10565       //
10566       //   %a = phi i32 [ %some1, %preheader ], [ %b, %latch ]
10567       //   %b = phi i32 [ %some2, %preheader ], [ %a, %latch ]
10568       //
10569       // we don't want to deal with a case that complex, so return conservative
10570       // answer false.
10571       if (!PendingMerges.insert(Phi).second)
10572         return false;
10573       RPhi = Phi;
10574     }
10575 
10576   // If none of LHS, RHS is a Phi, nothing to do here.
10577   if (!LPhi && !RPhi)
10578     return false;
10579 
10580   // If there is a SCEVUnknown Phi we are interested in, make it left.
10581   if (!LPhi) {
10582     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
10583     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
10584     std::swap(LPhi, RPhi);
10585     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
10586   }
10587 
10588   assert(LPhi && "LPhi should definitely be a SCEVUnknown Phi!");
10589   const BasicBlock *LBB = LPhi->getParent();
10590   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
10591 
10592   auto ProvedEasily = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
10593     return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, S1, S2) ||
10594            isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, S1, S2, FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
10595            isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, S1, S2, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, Depth);
10596   };
10597 
10598   if (RPhi && RPhi->getParent() == LBB) {
10599     // Case one: RHS is also a SCEVUnknown Phi from the same basic block.
10600     // If we compare two Phis from the same block, and for each entry block
10601     // the predicate is true for incoming values from this block, then the
10602     // predicate is also true for the Phis.
10603     for (const BasicBlock *IncBB : predecessors(LBB)) {
10604       const SCEV *L = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB));
10605       const SCEV *R = getSCEV(RPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB));
10606       if (!ProvedEasily(L, R))
10607         return false;
10608     }
10609   } else if (RAR && RAR->getLoop()->getHeader() == LBB) {
10610     // Case two: RHS is also a Phi from the same basic block, and it is an
10611     // AddRec. It means that there is a loop which has both AddRec and Unknown
10612     // PHIs, for it we can compare incoming values of AddRec from above the loop
10613     // and latch with their respective incoming values of LPhi.
10614     // TODO: Generalize to handle loops with many inputs in a header.
10615     if (LPhi->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return false;
10616 
10617     auto *RLoop = RAR->getLoop();
10618     auto *Predecessor = RLoop->getLoopPredecessor();
10619     assert(Predecessor && "Loop with AddRec with no predecessor?");
10620     const SCEV *L1 = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor));
10621     if (!ProvedEasily(L1, RAR->getStart()))
10622       return false;
10623     auto *Latch = RLoop->getLoopLatch();
10624     assert(Latch && "Loop with AddRec with no latch?");
10625     const SCEV *L2 = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch));
10626     if (!ProvedEasily(L2, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this)))
10627       return false;
10628   } else {
10629     // In all other cases go over inputs of LHS and compare each of them to RHS,
10630     // the predicate is true for (LHS, RHS) if it is true for all such pairs.
10631     // At this point RHS is either a non-Phi, or it is a Phi from some block
10632     // different from LBB.
10633     for (const BasicBlock *IncBB : predecessors(LBB)) {
10634       // Check that RHS is available in this block.
10635       if (!dominates(RHS, IncBB))
10636         return false;
10637       const SCEV *L = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB));
10638       if (!ProvedEasily(L, RHS))
10639         return false;
10640     }
10641   }
10642   return true;
10643 }
10644 
10645 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10646                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10647                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
10648                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS,
10649                                             const Instruction *Context) {
10650   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
10651     return true;
10652 
10653   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
10654     return true;
10655 
10656   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaAddRecStart(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS,
10657                                           Context))
10658     return true;
10659 
10660   return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
10661                                      FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
10662          // ~x < ~y --> x > y
10663          isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
10664                                      getNotSCEV(FoundRHS),
10665                                      getNotSCEV(FoundLHS));
10666 }
10667 
10668 /// Is MaybeMinMaxExpr an (U|S)(Min|Max) of Candidate and some other values?
10669 template <typename MinMaxExprType>
10670 static bool IsMinMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMinMaxExpr,
10671                                  const SCEV *Candidate) {
10672   const MinMaxExprType *MinMaxExpr = dyn_cast<MinMaxExprType>(MaybeMinMaxExpr);
10673   if (!MinMaxExpr)
10674     return false;
10675 
10676   return find(MinMaxExpr->operands(), Candidate) != MinMaxExpr->op_end();
10677 }
10678 
10679 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(ScalarEvolution &SE,
10680                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10681                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
10682   // If both sides are affine addrecs for the same loop, with equal
10683   // steps, and we know the recurrences don't wrap, then we only
10684   // need to check the predicate on the starting values.
10685 
10686   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
10687     return false;
10688 
10689   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
10690   if (!LAR)
10691     return false;
10692   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
10693   if (!RAR)
10694     return false;
10695   if (LAR->getLoop() != RAR->getLoop())
10696     return false;
10697   if (!LAR->isAffine() || !RAR->isAffine())
10698     return false;
10699 
10700   if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(SE) != RAR->getStepRecurrence(SE))
10701     return false;
10702 
10703   SCEV::NoWrapFlags NW = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
10704                          SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
10705   if (!LAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW) || !RAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW))
10706     return false;
10707 
10708   return SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, LAR->getStart(), RAR->getStart());
10709 }
10710 
10711 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
10712 /// expression?
10713 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE,
10714                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10715                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
10716   switch (Pred) {
10717   default:
10718     return false;
10719 
10720   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
10721     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
10722     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
10723   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
10724     return
10725         // min(A, ...) <= A
10726         IsMinMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMinExpr>(LHS, RHS) ||
10727         // A <= max(A, ...)
10728         IsMinMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
10729 
10730   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
10731     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
10732     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
10733   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
10734     return
10735         // min(A, ...) <= A
10736         IsMinMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMinExpr>(LHS, RHS) ||
10737         // A <= max(A, ...)
10738         IsMinMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
10739   }
10740 
10741   llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
10742 }
10743 
10744 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10745                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10746                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
10747                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS,
10748                                              unsigned Depth) {
10749   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) ==
10750              getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()) &&
10751          "LHS and RHS have different sizes?");
10752   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType()) ==
10753              getTypeSizeInBits(FoundRHS->getType()) &&
10754          "FoundLHS and FoundRHS have different sizes?");
10755   // We want to avoid hurting the compile time with analysis of too big trees.
10756   if (Depth > MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth)
10757     return false;
10758 
10759   // We only want to work with GT comparison so far.
10760   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT) {
10761     Pred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
10762     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
10763     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
10764   }
10765 
10766   // For unsigned, try to reduce it to corresponding signed comparison.
10767   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
10768     // We can replace unsigned predicate with its signed counterpart if all
10769     // involved values are non-negative.
10770     // TODO: We could have better support for unsigned.
10771     if (isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS)) {
10772       // Knowing that both FoundLHS and FoundRHS are non-negative, and knowing
10773       // FoundLHS >u FoundRHS, we also know that FoundLHS >s FoundRHS. Let us
10774       // use this fact to prove that LHS and RHS are non-negative.
10775       const SCEV *MinusOne = getMinusOne(LHS->getType());
10776       if (isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHS, MinusOne, FoundLHS,
10777                                 FoundRHS) &&
10778           isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, RHS, MinusOne, FoundLHS,
10779                                 FoundRHS))
10780         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
10781     }
10782 
10783   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
10784     return false;
10785 
10786   auto GetOpFromSExt = [&](const SCEV *S) {
10787     if (auto *Ext = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
10788       return Ext->getOperand();
10789     // TODO: If S is a SCEVConstant then you can cheaply "strip" the sext off
10790     // the constant in some cases.
10791     return S;
10792   };
10793 
10794   // Acquire values from extensions.
10795   auto *OrigLHS = LHS;
10796   auto *OrigFoundLHS = FoundLHS;
10797   LHS = GetOpFromSExt(LHS);
10798   FoundLHS = GetOpFromSExt(FoundLHS);
10799 
10800   // Is the SGT predicate can be proved trivially or using the found context.
10801   auto IsSGTViaContext = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
10802     return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2) ||
10803            isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2, OrigFoundLHS,
10804                                   FoundRHS, Depth + 1);
10805   };
10806 
10807   if (auto *LHSAddExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
10808     // We want to avoid creation of any new non-constant SCEV. Since we are
10809     // going to compare the operands to RHS, we should be certain that we don't
10810     // need any size extensions for this. So let's decline all cases when the
10811     // sizes of types of LHS and RHS do not match.
10812     // TODO: Maybe try to get RHS from sext to catch more cases?
10813     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) != getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
10814       return false;
10815 
10816     // Should not overflow.
10817     if (!LHSAddExpr->hasNoSignedWrap())
10818       return false;
10819 
10820     auto *LL = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(0);
10821     auto *LR = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(1);
10822     auto *MinusOne = getMinusOne(RHS->getType());
10823 
10824     // Checks that S1 >= 0 && S2 > RHS, trivially or using the found context.
10825     auto IsSumGreaterThanRHS = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
10826       return IsSGTViaContext(S1, MinusOne) && IsSGTViaContext(S2, RHS);
10827     };
10828     // Try to prove the following rule:
10829     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LL >= 0) && (LR > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
10830     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LR >= 0) && (LL > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
10831     if (IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LL, LR) || IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LR, LL))
10832       return true;
10833   } else if (auto *LHSUnknownExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS)) {
10834     Value *LL, *LR;
10835     // FIXME: Once we have SDiv implemented, we can get rid of this matching.
10836 
10837     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
10838 
10839     if (match(LHSUnknownExpr->getValue(), m_SDiv(m_Value(LL), m_Value(LR)))) {
10840       // Rules for division.
10841       // We are going to perform some comparisons with Denominator and its
10842       // derivative expressions. In general case, creating a SCEV for it may
10843       // lead to a complex analysis of the entire graph, and in particular it
10844       // can request trip count recalculation for the same loop. This would
10845       // cache as SCEVCouldNotCompute to avoid the infinite recursion. To avoid
10846       // this, we only want to create SCEVs that are constants in this section.
10847       // So we bail if Denominator is not a constant.
10848       if (!isa<ConstantInt>(LR))
10849         return false;
10850 
10851       auto *Denominator = cast<SCEVConstant>(getSCEV(LR));
10852 
10853       // We want to make sure that LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator. If it is so,
10854       // then a SCEV for the numerator already exists and matches with FoundLHS.
10855       auto *Numerator = getExistingSCEV(LL);
10856       if (!Numerator || Numerator->getType() != FoundLHS->getType())
10857         return false;
10858 
10859       // Make sure that the numerator matches with FoundLHS and the denominator
10860       // is positive.
10861       if (!HasSameValue(Numerator, FoundLHS) || !isKnownPositive(Denominator))
10862         return false;
10863 
10864       auto *DTy = Denominator->getType();
10865       auto *FRHSTy = FoundRHS->getType();
10866       if (DTy->isPointerTy() != FRHSTy->isPointerTy())
10867         // One of types is a pointer and another one is not. We cannot extend
10868         // them properly to a wider type, so let us just reject this case.
10869         // TODO: Usage of getEffectiveSCEVType for DTy, FRHSTy etc should help
10870         // to avoid this check.
10871         return false;
10872 
10873       // Given that:
10874       // FoundLHS > FoundRHS, LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator, Denominator > 0.
10875       auto *WTy = getWiderType(DTy, FRHSTy);
10876       auto *DenominatorExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(Denominator, WTy);
10877       auto *FoundRHSExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(FoundRHS, WTy);
10878 
10879       // Try to prove the following rule:
10880       // (FoundRHS > Denominator - 2) && (RHS <= 0) => (LHS > RHS).
10881       // For example, given that FoundLHS > 2. It means that FoundLHS is at
10882       // least 3. If we divide it by Denominator < 4, we will have at least 1.
10883       auto *DenomMinusTwo = getMinusSCEV(DenominatorExt, getConstant(WTy, 2));
10884       if (isKnownNonPositive(RHS) &&
10885           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, DenomMinusTwo))
10886         return true;
10887 
10888       // Try to prove the following rule:
10889       // (FoundRHS > -1 - Denominator) && (RHS < 0) => (LHS > RHS).
10890       // For example, given that FoundLHS > -3. Then FoundLHS is at least -2.
10891       // If we divide it by Denominator > 2, then:
10892       // 1. If FoundLHS is negative, then the result is 0.
10893       // 2. If FoundLHS is non-negative, then the result is non-negative.
10894       // Anyways, the result is non-negative.
10895       auto *MinusOne = getMinusOne(WTy);
10896       auto *NegDenomMinusOne = getMinusSCEV(MinusOne, DenominatorExt);
10897       if (isKnownNegative(RHS) &&
10898           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, NegDenomMinusOne))
10899         return true;
10900     }
10901   }
10902 
10903   // If our expression contained SCEVUnknown Phis, and we split it down and now
10904   // need to prove something for them, try to prove the predicate for every
10905   // possible incoming values of those Phis.
10906   if (isImpliedViaMerge(Pred, OrigLHS, RHS, OrigFoundLHS, FoundRHS, Depth + 1))
10907     return true;
10908 
10909   return false;
10910 }
10911 
10912 static bool isKnownPredicateExtendIdiom(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10913                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
10914   // zext x u<= sext x, sext x s<= zext x
10915   switch (Pred) {
10916   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
10917     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
10918     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
10919   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
10920     // If operand >=s 0 then ZExt == SExt.  If operand <s 0 then SExt <s ZExt.
10921     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(LHS);
10922     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(RHS);
10923     if (SExt && ZExt && SExt->getOperand() == ZExt->getOperand())
10924       return true;
10925     break;
10926   }
10927   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
10928     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
10929     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
10930   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: {
10931     // If operand >=s 0 then ZExt == SExt.  If operand <s 0 then ZExt <u SExt.
10932     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(LHS);
10933     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(RHS);
10934     if (SExt && ZExt && SExt->getOperand() == ZExt->getOperand())
10935       return true;
10936     break;
10937   }
10938   default:
10939     break;
10940   };
10941   return false;
10942 }
10943 
10944 bool
10945 ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10946                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
10947   return isKnownPredicateExtendIdiom(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
10948          isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
10949          IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
10950          IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
10951          isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS);
10952 }
10953 
10954 bool
10955 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10956                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10957                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
10958                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
10959   switch (Pred) {
10960   default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
10961   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
10962   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
10963     if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
10964       return true;
10965     break;
10966   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
10967   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
10968     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
10969         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
10970       return true;
10971     break;
10972   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
10973   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
10974     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
10975         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
10976       return true;
10977     break;
10978   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
10979   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
10980     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
10981         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
10982       return true;
10983     break;
10984   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
10985   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
10986     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
10987         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
10988       return true;
10989     break;
10990   }
10991 
10992   // Maybe it can be proved via operations?
10993   if (isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
10994     return true;
10995 
10996   return false;
10997 }
10998 
10999 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
11000                                                      const SCEV *LHS,
11001                                                      const SCEV *RHS,
11002                                                      const SCEV *FoundLHS,
11003                                                      const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
11004   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) || !isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))
11005     // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to
11006     // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization.
11007     return false;
11008 
11009   Optional<APInt> Addend = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
11010   if (!Addend)
11011     return false;
11012 
11013   const APInt &ConstFoundRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)->getAPInt();
11014 
11015   // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the
11016   // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `Pred` `FoundRHS`".
11017   ConstantRange FoundLHSRange =
11018       ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(Pred, ConstFoundRHS);
11019 
11020   // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `Addend`, we can compute a range for `LHS`:
11021   ConstantRange LHSRange = FoundLHSRange.add(ConstantRange(*Addend));
11022 
11023   // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the
11024   // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`":
11025   const APInt &ConstRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getAPInt();
11026   ConstantRange SatisfyingLHSRange =
11027       ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, ConstRHS);
11028 
11029   // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that
11030   // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent.
11031   return SatisfyingLHSRange.contains(LHSRange);
11032 }
11033 
11034 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
11035                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
11036   assert(isKnownPositive(Stride) && "Positive stride expected!");
11037 
11038   if (NoWrap) return false;
11039 
11040   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
11041   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
11042 
11043   if (IsSigned) {
11044     APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRangeMax(RHS);
11045     APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
11046     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
11047 
11048     // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
11049     return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS);
11050   }
11051 
11052   APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS);
11053   APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
11054   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
11055 
11056   // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
11057   return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS);
11058 }
11059 
11060 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
11061                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
11062   if (NoWrap) return false;
11063 
11064   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
11065   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
11066 
11067   if (IsSigned) {
11068     APInt MinRHS = getSignedRangeMin(RHS);
11069     APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
11070     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
11071 
11072     // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
11073     return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS);
11074   }
11075 
11076   APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS);
11077   APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth);
11078   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
11079 
11080   // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
11081   return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS);
11082 }
11083 
11084 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step,
11085                                             bool Equality) {
11086   const SCEV *One = getOne(Step->getType());
11087   Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step)
11088                    : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One));
11089   return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step);
11090 }
11091 
11092 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeMaxBECountForLT(const SCEV *Start,
11093                                                     const SCEV *Stride,
11094                                                     const SCEV *End,
11095                                                     unsigned BitWidth,
11096                                                     bool IsSigned) {
11097 
11098   assert(!isKnownNonPositive(Stride) &&
11099          "Stride is expected strictly positive!");
11100   // Calculate the maximum backedge count based on the range of values
11101   // permitted by Start, End, and Stride.
11102   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
11103   APInt MinStart =
11104       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Start) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Start);
11105 
11106   APInt StrideForMaxBECount =
11107       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
11108 
11109   // We already know that the stride is positive, so we paper over conservatism
11110   // in our range computation by forcing StrideForMaxBECount to be at least one.
11111   // In theory this is unnecessary, but we expect MaxBECount to be a
11112   // SCEVConstant, and (udiv <constant> 0) is not constant folded by SCEV (there
11113   // is nothing to constant fold it to).
11114   APInt One(BitWidth, 1, IsSigned);
11115   StrideForMaxBECount = APIntOps::smax(One, StrideForMaxBECount);
11116 
11117   APInt MaxValue = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth)
11118                             : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
11119   APInt Limit = MaxValue - (StrideForMaxBECount - 1);
11120 
11121   // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
11122   // the case End = RHS of the loop termination condition. This is safe because
11123   // in the other case (End - Start) is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge
11124   // taken count.
11125   APInt MaxEnd = IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRangeMax(End), Limit)
11126                           : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRangeMax(End), Limit);
11127 
11128   MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart) /* Delta */,
11129                               getConstant(StrideForMaxBECount) /* Step */,
11130                               false /* Equality */);
11131 
11132   return MaxBECount;
11133 }
11134 
11135 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
11136 ScalarEvolution::howManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
11137                                   const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
11138                                   bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
11139   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
11140 
11141   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
11142   bool PredicatedIV = false;
11143 
11144   if (!IV && AllowPredicates) {
11145     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
11146     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
11147     // algorithm below.
11148     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
11149     PredicatedIV = true;
11150   }
11151 
11152   // Avoid weird loops
11153   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
11154     return getCouldNotCompute();
11155 
11156   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
11157                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
11158 
11159   const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this);
11160 
11161   bool PositiveStride = isKnownPositive(Stride);
11162 
11163   // Avoid negative or zero stride values.
11164   if (!PositiveStride) {
11165     // We can compute the correct backedge taken count for loops with unknown
11166     // strides if we can prove that the loop is not an infinite loop with side
11167     // effects. Here's the loop structure we are trying to handle -
11168     //
11169     // i = start
11170     // do {
11171     //   A[i] = i;
11172     //   i += s;
11173     // } while (i < end);
11174     //
11175     // The backedge taken count for such loops is evaluated as -
11176     // (max(end, start + stride) - start - 1) /u stride
11177     //
11178     // The additional preconditions that we need to check to prove correctness
11179     // of the above formula is as follows -
11180     //
11181     // a) IV is either nuw or nsw depending upon signedness (indicated by the
11182     //    NoWrap flag).
11183     // b) loop is single exit with no side effects.
11184     //
11185     //
11186     // Precondition a) implies that if the stride is negative, this is a single
11187     // trip loop. The backedge taken count formula reduces to zero in this case.
11188     //
11189     // Precondition b) implies that the unknown stride cannot be zero otherwise
11190     // we have UB.
11191     //
11192     // The positive stride case is the same as isKnownPositive(Stride) returning
11193     // true (original behavior of the function).
11194     //
11195     // We want to make sure that the stride is truly unknown as there are edge
11196     // cases where ScalarEvolution propagates no wrap flags to the
11197     // post-increment/decrement IV even though the increment/decrement operation
11198     // itself is wrapping. The computed backedge taken count may be wrong in
11199     // such cases. This is prevented by checking that the stride is not known to
11200     // be either positive or non-positive. For example, no wrap flags are
11201     // propagated to the post-increment IV of this loop with a trip count of 2 -
11202     //
11203     // unsigned char i;
11204     // for(i=127; i<128; i+=129)
11205     //   A[i] = i;
11206     //
11207     if (PredicatedIV || !NoWrap || isKnownNonPositive(Stride) ||
11208         !loopHasNoSideEffects(L))
11209       return getCouldNotCompute();
11210   } else if (!Stride->isOne() &&
11211              doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
11212     // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken
11213     // count will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow
11214     // conditions exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of
11215     // undefined behaviors like the case of C language.
11216     return getCouldNotCompute();
11217 
11218   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
11219                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
11220   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
11221   const SCEV *End = RHS;
11222   // When the RHS is not invariant, we do not know the end bound of the loop and
11223   // cannot calculate the ExactBECount needed by ExitLimit. However, we can
11224   // calculate the MaxBECount, given the start, stride and max value for the end
11225   // bound of the loop (RHS), and the fact that IV does not overflow (which is
11226   // checked above).
11227   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
11228     const SCEV *MaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
11229         Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
11230     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute() /* ExactNotTaken */, MaxBECount,
11231                      false /*MaxOrZero*/, Predicates);
11232   }
11233   // If the backedge is taken at least once, then it will be taken
11234   // (End-Start)/Stride times (rounded up to a multiple of Stride), where Start
11235   // is the LHS value of the less-than comparison the first time it is evaluated
11236   // and End is the RHS.
11237   const SCEV *BECountIfBackedgeTaken =
11238     computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
11239   // If the loop entry is guarded by the result of the backedge test of the
11240   // first loop iteration, then we know the backedge will be taken at least
11241   // once and so the backedge taken count is as above. If not then we use the
11242   // expression (max(End,Start)-Start)/Stride to describe the backedge count,
11243   // as if the backedge is taken at least once max(End,Start) is End and so the
11244   // result is as above, and if not max(End,Start) is Start so we get a backedge
11245   // count of zero.
11246   const SCEV *BECount;
11247   if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS))
11248     BECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
11249   else {
11250     // If we know that RHS >= Start in the context of loop, then we know that
11251     // max(RHS, Start) = RHS at this point.
11252     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(
11253             L, IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, Start))
11254       End = RHS;
11255     else
11256       End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
11257     BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
11258   }
11259 
11260   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
11261   bool MaxOrZero = false;
11262   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
11263     MaxBECount = BECount;
11264   else if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECountIfBackedgeTaken)) {
11265     // If we know exactly how many times the backedge will be taken if it's
11266     // taken at least once, then the backedge count will either be that or
11267     // zero.
11268     MaxBECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
11269     MaxOrZero = true;
11270   } else {
11271     MaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
11272         Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
11273   }
11274 
11275   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
11276       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
11277     MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
11278 
11279   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, MaxOrZero, Predicates);
11280 }
11281 
11282 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
11283 ScalarEvolution::howManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
11284                                      const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
11285                                      bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
11286   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
11287   // We handle only IV > Invariant
11288   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
11289     return getCouldNotCompute();
11290 
11291   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
11292   if (!IV && AllowPredicates)
11293     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
11294     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
11295     // algorithm below.
11296     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
11297 
11298   // Avoid weird loops
11299   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
11300     return getCouldNotCompute();
11301 
11302   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
11303                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
11304 
11305   const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this));
11306 
11307   // Avoid negative or zero stride values
11308   if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
11309     return getCouldNotCompute();
11310 
11311   // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
11312   // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
11313   // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
11314   // behaviors like the case of C language.
11315   if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
11316     return getCouldNotCompute();
11317 
11318   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
11319                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
11320 
11321   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
11322   const SCEV *End = RHS;
11323   if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS)) {
11324     // If we know that Start >= RHS in the context of loop, then we know that
11325     // min(RHS, Start) = RHS at this point.
11326     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(
11327             L, IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Start, RHS))
11328       End = RHS;
11329     else
11330       End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start);
11331   }
11332 
11333   const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false);
11334 
11335   APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMax(Start)
11336                             : getUnsignedRangeMax(Start);
11337 
11338   APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride)
11339                              : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
11340 
11341   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
11342   APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1)
11343                          : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1);
11344 
11345   // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
11346   // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
11347   // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
11348   APInt MinEnd =
11349     IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit)
11350              : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit);
11351 
11352   const SCEV *MaxBECount = isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)
11353                                ? BECount
11354                                : computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd),
11355                                                 getConstant(MinStride), false);
11356 
11357   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
11358     MaxBECount = BECount;
11359 
11360   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false, Predicates);
11361 }
11362 
11363 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(const ConstantRange &Range,
11364                                                     ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
11365   if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
11366     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
11367 
11368   // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
11369   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
11370     if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
11371       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end());
11372       Operands[0] = SE.getZero(SC->getType());
11373       const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(),
11374                                              getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW));
11375       if (const auto *ShiftedAddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
11376         return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
11377             Range.subtract(SC->getAPInt()), SE);
11378       // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
11379       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
11380     }
11381 
11382   // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
11383   // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
11384   if (any_of(operands(), [](const SCEV *Op) { return !isa<SCEVConstant>(Op); }))
11385     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
11386 
11387   // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
11388   // that the start element is zero.
11389 
11390   // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
11391   // iteration exits.
11392   unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
11393   if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
11394     return SE.getZero(getType());
11395 
11396   if (isAffine()) {
11397     // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
11398     //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
11399 
11400     // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
11401     // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
11402     // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
11403     // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
11404     APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getAPInt();
11405     APInt End = A.sge(1) ? (Range.getUpper() - 1) : Range.getLower();
11406 
11407     // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
11408     APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
11409     ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
11410 
11411     // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
11412     // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
11413     // things must have happened.
11414     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
11415     if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
11416       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
11417 
11418     // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.  This is a sanity check.
11419     assert(Range.contains(
11420            EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
11421            ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - 1), SE)->getValue()) &&
11422            "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
11423     return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
11424   }
11425 
11426   if (isQuadratic()) {
11427     if (auto S = SolveQuadraticAddRecRange(this, Range, SE))
11428       return SE.getConstant(S.getValue());
11429   }
11430 
11431   return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
11432 }
11433 
11434 const SCEVAddRecExpr *
11435 SCEVAddRecExpr::getPostIncExpr(ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
11436   assert(getNumOperands() > 1 && "AddRec with zero step?");
11437   // There is a temptation to just call getAddExpr(this, getStepRecurrence(SE)),
11438   // but in this case we cannot guarantee that the value returned will be an
11439   // AddRec because SCEV does not have a fixed point where it stops
11440   // simplification: it is legal to return ({rec1} + {rec2}). For example, it
11441   // may happen if we reach arithmetic depth limit while simplifying. So we
11442   // construct the returned value explicitly.
11443   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 3> Ops;
11444   // If this is {A,+,B,+,C,...,+,N}, then its step is {B,+,C,+,...,+,N}, and
11445   // (this + Step) is {A+B,+,B+C,+...,+,N}.
11446   for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands() - 1; i < e; ++i)
11447     Ops.push_back(SE.getAddExpr(getOperand(i), getOperand(i + 1)));
11448   // We know that the last operand is not a constant zero (otherwise it would
11449   // have been popped out earlier). This guarantees us that if the result has
11450   // the same last operand, then it will also not be popped out, meaning that
11451   // the returned value will be an AddRec.
11452   const SCEV *Last = getOperand(getNumOperands() - 1);
11453   assert(!Last->isZero() && "Recurrency with zero step?");
11454   Ops.push_back(Last);
11455   return cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE.getAddRecExpr(Ops, getLoop(),
11456                                                SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
11457 }
11458 
11459 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
11460 static inline bool containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) {
11461   return SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
11462     if (const auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S))
11463       return isa<UndefValue>(SU->getValue());
11464     return false;
11465   });
11466 }
11467 
11468 namespace {
11469 
11470 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions.
11471 struct SCEVCollectStrides {
11472   ScalarEvolution &SE;
11473   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides;
11474 
11475   SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S)
11476       : SE(SE), Strides(S) {}
11477 
11478   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
11479     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
11480       Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE));
11481     return true;
11482   }
11483 
11484   bool isDone() const { return false; }
11485 };
11486 
11487 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions.
11488 struct SCEVCollectTerms {
11489   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
11490 
11491   SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T) : Terms(T) {}
11492 
11493   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
11494     if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S) ||
11495         isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
11496       if (!containsUndefs(S))
11497         Terms.push_back(S);
11498 
11499       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
11500       return false;
11501     }
11502 
11503     // Keep looking.
11504     return true;
11505   }
11506 
11507   bool isDone() const { return false; }
11508 };
11509 
11510 // Check if a SCEV contains an AddRecExpr.
11511 struct SCEVHasAddRec {
11512   bool &ContainsAddRec;
11513 
11514   SCEVHasAddRec(bool &ContainsAddRec) : ContainsAddRec(ContainsAddRec) {
11515     ContainsAddRec = false;
11516   }
11517 
11518   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
11519     if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
11520       ContainsAddRec = true;
11521 
11522       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
11523       return false;
11524     }
11525 
11526     // Keep looking.
11527     return true;
11528   }
11529 
11530   bool isDone() const { return false; }
11531 };
11532 
11533 // Find factors that are multiplied with an expression that (possibly as a
11534 // subexpression) contains an AddRecExpr. In the expression:
11535 //
11536 //  8 * (100 +  %p * %q * (%a + {0, +, 1}_loop))
11537 //
11538 // "%p * %q" are factors multiplied by the expression "(%a + {0, +, 1}_loop)"
11539 // that contains the AddRec {0, +, 1}_loop. %p * %q are likely to be array size
11540 // parameters as they form a product with an induction variable.
11541 //
11542 // This collector expects all array size parameters to be in the same MulExpr.
11543 // It might be necessary to later add support for collecting parameters that are
11544 // spread over different nested MulExpr.
11545 struct SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies {
11546   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
11547   ScalarEvolution &SE;
11548 
11549   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T, ScalarEvolution &SE)
11550       : Terms(T), SE(SE) {}
11551 
11552   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
11553     if (auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
11554       bool HasAddRec = false;
11555       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 0> Operands;
11556       for (auto Op : Mul->operands()) {
11557         const SCEVUnknown *Unknown = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Op);
11558         if (Unknown && !isa<CallInst>(Unknown->getValue())) {
11559           Operands.push_back(Op);
11560         } else if (Unknown) {
11561           HasAddRec = true;
11562         } else {
11563           bool ContainsAddRec = false;
11564           SCEVHasAddRec ContiansAddRec(ContainsAddRec);
11565           visitAll(Op, ContiansAddRec);
11566           HasAddRec |= ContainsAddRec;
11567         }
11568       }
11569       if (Operands.size() == 0)
11570         return true;
11571 
11572       if (!HasAddRec)
11573         return false;
11574 
11575       Terms.push_back(SE.getMulExpr(Operands));
11576       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
11577       return false;
11578     }
11579 
11580     // Keep looking.
11581     return true;
11582   }
11583 
11584   bool isDone() const { return false; }
11585 };
11586 
11587 } // end anonymous namespace
11588 
11589 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr. We first for parameters in
11590 /// two places:
11591 ///   1) The strides of AddRec expressions.
11592 ///   2) Unknowns that are multiplied with AddRec expressions.
11593 void ScalarEvolution::collectParametricTerms(const SCEV *Expr,
11594     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
11595   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides;
11596   SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(*this, Strides);
11597   visitAll(Expr, StrideCollector);
11598 
11599   LLVM_DEBUG({
11600     dbgs() << "Strides:\n";
11601     for (const SCEV *S : Strides)
11602       dbgs() << *S << "\n";
11603   });
11604 
11605   for (const SCEV *S : Strides) {
11606     SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms);
11607     visitAll(S, TermCollector);
11608   }
11609 
11610   LLVM_DEBUG({
11611     dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
11612     for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
11613       dbgs() << *T << "\n";
11614   });
11615 
11616   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies MulCollector(Terms, *this);
11617   visitAll(Expr, MulCollector);
11618 }
11619 
11620 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE,
11621                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
11622                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
11623   int Last = Terms.size() - 1;
11624   const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last];
11625 
11626   // End of recursion.
11627   if (Last == 0) {
11628     if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) {
11629       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
11630       for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
11631         if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
11632           Qs.push_back(Op);
11633 
11634       Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
11635     }
11636 
11637     Sizes.push_back(Step);
11638     return true;
11639   }
11640 
11641   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
11642     // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec.
11643     const SCEV *Q, *R;
11644     SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R);
11645 
11646     // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms.
11647     if (!R->isZero())
11648       return false;
11649 
11650     Term = Q;
11651   }
11652 
11653   // Remove all SCEVConstants.
11654   Terms.erase(
11655       remove_if(Terms, [](const SCEV *E) { return isa<SCEVConstant>(E); }),
11656       Terms.end());
11657 
11658   if (Terms.size() > 0)
11659     if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes))
11660       return false;
11661 
11662   Sizes.push_back(Step);
11663   return true;
11664 }
11665 
11666 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter.
11667 static inline bool containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
11668   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
11669     if (SCEVExprContains(T, [](const SCEV *S) { return isa<SCEVUnknown>(S); }))
11670       return true;
11671 
11672   return false;
11673 }
11674 
11675 // Return the number of product terms in S.
11676 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) {
11677   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S))
11678     return Expr->getNumOperands();
11679   return 1;
11680 }
11681 
11682 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) {
11683   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T))
11684     return nullptr;
11685 
11686   if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T))
11687     return T;
11688 
11689   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) {
11690     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors;
11691     for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
11692       if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
11693         Factors.push_back(Op);
11694 
11695     return SE.getMulExpr(Factors);
11696   }
11697 
11698   return T;
11699 }
11700 
11701 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
11702 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) {
11703   Type *Ty;
11704   if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
11705     Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType();
11706   else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
11707     Ty = Load->getType();
11708   else
11709     return nullptr;
11710 
11711   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty));
11712   return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty);
11713 }
11714 
11715 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
11716                                           SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
11717                                           const SCEV *ElementSize) {
11718   if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize)
11719     return;
11720 
11721   // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize
11722   // non parametric SCEVs.
11723   if (!containsParameters(Terms))
11724     return;
11725 
11726   LLVM_DEBUG({
11727     dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
11728     for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
11729       dbgs() << *T << "\n";
11730   });
11731 
11732   // Remove duplicates.
11733   array_pod_sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end());
11734   Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end());
11735 
11736   // Put larger terms first.
11737   llvm::sort(Terms, [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
11738     return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS);
11739   });
11740 
11741   // Try to divide all terms by the element size. If term is not divisible by
11742   // element size, proceed with the original term.
11743   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
11744     const SCEV *Q, *R;
11745     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R);
11746     if (!Q->isZero())
11747       Term = Q;
11748   }
11749 
11750   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms;
11751 
11752   // Remove constant factors.
11753   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
11754     if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(*this, T))
11755       NewTerms.push_back(NewT);
11756 
11757   LLVM_DEBUG({
11758     dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n";
11759     for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms)
11760       dbgs() << *T << "\n";
11761   });
11762 
11763   if (NewTerms.empty() || !findArrayDimensionsRec(*this, NewTerms, Sizes)) {
11764     Sizes.clear();
11765     return;
11766   }
11767 
11768   // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element.
11769   Sizes.push_back(ElementSize);
11770 
11771   LLVM_DEBUG({
11772     dbgs() << "Sizes:\n";
11773     for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
11774       dbgs() << *S << "\n";
11775   });
11776 }
11777 
11778 void ScalarEvolution::computeAccessFunctions(
11779     const SCEV *Expr, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
11780     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
11781   // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function.
11782   if (Sizes.empty())
11783     return;
11784 
11785   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr))
11786     if (!AR->isAffine())
11787       return;
11788 
11789   const SCEV *Res = Expr;
11790   int Last = Sizes.size() - 1;
11791   for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) {
11792     const SCEV *Q, *R;
11793     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R);
11794 
11795     LLVM_DEBUG({
11796       dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n";
11797       dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n";
11798       dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n";
11799       dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n";
11800       dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n";
11801     });
11802 
11803     Res = Q;
11804 
11805     // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in
11806     // the array.
11807     if (i == Last) {
11808 
11809       // Bail out if the remainder is too complex.
11810       if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) {
11811         Subscripts.clear();
11812         Sizes.clear();
11813         return;
11814       }
11815 
11816       continue;
11817     }
11818 
11819     // Record the access function for the current subscript.
11820     Subscripts.push_back(R);
11821   }
11822 
11823   // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be
11824   // the access function of the innermost dimension.
11825   Subscripts.push_back(Res);
11826 
11827   std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end());
11828 
11829   LLVM_DEBUG({
11830     dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n";
11831     for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
11832       dbgs() << *S << "\n";
11833   });
11834 }
11835 
11836 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and
11837 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that
11838 /// is the offset start of the array.  The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes
11839 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub
11840 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the
11841 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride.  When
11842 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged.
11843 ///
11844 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest
11845 ///
11846 ///  void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) {
11847 ///
11848 ///    for (long i = 0; i < n; i++)
11849 ///      for (long j = 0; j < m; j++)
11850 ///        for (long k = 0; k < o; k++)
11851 ///          A[i][j][k] = 1.0;
11852 ///  }
11853 ///
11854 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV:
11855 ///
11856 ///  AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k>
11857 ///
11858 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A
11859 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in
11860 /// the loops:
11861 ///
11862 ///  CHECK: Base offset: %A
11863 ///
11864 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of
11865 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening:
11866 ///
11867 ///  CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes.
11868 ///
11869 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are
11870 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when
11871 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that
11872 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known
11873 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8.
11874 ///
11875 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference
11876 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase:
11877 ///
11878 ///  CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>]
11879 ///
11880 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass:
11881 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function
11882 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing
11883 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results.
11884 void ScalarEvolution::delinearize(const SCEV *Expr,
11885                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
11886                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
11887                                  const SCEV *ElementSize) {
11888   // First step: collect parametric terms.
11889   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms;
11890   collectParametricTerms(Expr, Terms);
11891 
11892   if (Terms.empty())
11893     return;
11894 
11895   // Second step: find subscript sizes.
11896   findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize);
11897 
11898   if (Sizes.empty())
11899     return;
11900 
11901   // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript.
11902   computeAccessFunctions(Expr, Subscripts, Sizes);
11903 
11904   if (Subscripts.empty())
11905     return;
11906 
11907   LLVM_DEBUG({
11908     dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *Expr << "\n";
11909     dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]";
11910     for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
11911       dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
11912 
11913     dbgs() << "\nArrayRef";
11914     for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
11915       dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
11916     dbgs() << "\n";
11917   });
11918 }
11919 
11920 bool ScalarEvolution::getIndexExpressionsFromGEP(
11921     const GetElementPtrInst *GEP, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
11922     SmallVectorImpl<int> &Sizes) {
11923   assert(Subscripts.empty() && Sizes.empty() &&
11924          "Expected output lists to be empty on entry to this function.");
11925   assert(GEP && "getIndexExpressionsFromGEP called with a null GEP");
11926   Type *Ty = GEP->getPointerOperandType();
11927   bool DroppedFirstDim = false;
11928   for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++) {
11929     const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(GEP->getOperand(i));
11930     if (i == 1) {
11931       if (auto *PtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
11932         Ty = PtrTy->getElementType();
11933       } else if (auto *ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
11934         Ty = ArrayTy->getElementType();
11935       } else {
11936         Subscripts.clear();
11937         Sizes.clear();
11938         return false;
11939       }
11940       if (auto *Const = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Expr))
11941         if (Const->getValue()->isZero()) {
11942           DroppedFirstDim = true;
11943           continue;
11944         }
11945       Subscripts.push_back(Expr);
11946       continue;
11947     }
11948 
11949     auto *ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
11950     if (!ArrayTy) {
11951       Subscripts.clear();
11952       Sizes.clear();
11953       return false;
11954     }
11955 
11956     Subscripts.push_back(Expr);
11957     if (!(DroppedFirstDim && i == 2))
11958       Sizes.push_back(ArrayTy->getNumElements());
11959 
11960     Ty = ArrayTy->getElementType();
11961   }
11962   return !Subscripts.empty();
11963 }
11964 
11965 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
11966 //                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
11967 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
11968 
11969 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
11970   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
11971   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
11972     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
11973   SE->eraseValueFromMap(getValPtr());
11974   // this now dangles!
11975 }
11976 
11977 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) {
11978   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
11979 
11980   // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
11981   // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
11982   // value.
11983   Value *Old = getValPtr();
11984   SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end());
11985   SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
11986   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
11987     User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
11988     // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone
11989     // that until everything else is done.
11990     if (U == Old)
11991       continue;
11992     if (!Visited.insert(U).second)
11993       continue;
11994     if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U))
11995       SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
11996     SE->eraseValueFromMap(U);
11997     Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end());
11998   }
11999   // Delete the Old value.
12000   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old))
12001     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
12002   SE->eraseValueFromMap(Old);
12003   // this now dangles!
12004 }
12005 
12006 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
12007   : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
12008 
12009 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12010 //                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
12011 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12012 
12013 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(Function &F, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
12014                                  AssumptionCache &AC, DominatorTree &DT,
12015                                  LoopInfo &LI)
12016     : F(F), TLI(TLI), AC(AC), DT(DT), LI(LI),
12017       CouldNotCompute(new SCEVCouldNotCompute()), ValuesAtScopes(64),
12018       LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64) {
12019   // To use guards for proving predicates, we need to scan every instruction in
12020   // relevant basic blocks, and not just terminators.  Doing this is a waste of
12021   // time if the IR does not actually contain any calls to
12022   // @llvm.experimental.guard, so do a quick check and remember this beforehand.
12023   //
12024   // This pessimizes the case where a pass that preserves ScalarEvolution wants
12025   // to _add_ guards to the module when there weren't any before, and wants
12026   // ScalarEvolution to optimize based on those guards.  For now we prefer to be
12027   // efficient in lieu of being smart in that rather obscure case.
12028 
12029   auto *GuardDecl = F.getParent()->getFunction(
12030       Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard));
12031   HasGuards = GuardDecl && !GuardDecl->use_empty();
12032 }
12033 
12034 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &&Arg)
12035     : F(Arg.F), HasGuards(Arg.HasGuards), TLI(Arg.TLI), AC(Arg.AC), DT(Arg.DT),
12036       LI(Arg.LI), CouldNotCompute(std::move(Arg.CouldNotCompute)),
12037       ValueExprMap(std::move(Arg.ValueExprMap)),
12038       PendingLoopPredicates(std::move(Arg.PendingLoopPredicates)),
12039       PendingPhiRanges(std::move(Arg.PendingPhiRanges)),
12040       PendingMerges(std::move(Arg.PendingMerges)),
12041       MinTrailingZerosCache(std::move(Arg.MinTrailingZerosCache)),
12042       BackedgeTakenCounts(std::move(Arg.BackedgeTakenCounts)),
12043       PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts(
12044           std::move(Arg.PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)),
12045       ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(
12046           std::move(Arg.ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue)),
12047       ValuesAtScopes(std::move(Arg.ValuesAtScopes)),
12048       LoopDispositions(std::move(Arg.LoopDispositions)),
12049       LoopPropertiesCache(std::move(Arg.LoopPropertiesCache)),
12050       BlockDispositions(std::move(Arg.BlockDispositions)),
12051       UnsignedRanges(std::move(Arg.UnsignedRanges)),
12052       SignedRanges(std::move(Arg.SignedRanges)),
12053       UniqueSCEVs(std::move(Arg.UniqueSCEVs)),
12054       UniquePreds(std::move(Arg.UniquePreds)),
12055       SCEVAllocator(std::move(Arg.SCEVAllocator)),
12056       LoopUsers(std::move(Arg.LoopUsers)),
12057       PredicatedSCEVRewrites(std::move(Arg.PredicatedSCEVRewrites)),
12058       FirstUnknown(Arg.FirstUnknown) {
12059   Arg.FirstUnknown = nullptr;
12060 }
12061 
12062 ScalarEvolution::~ScalarEvolution() {
12063   // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
12064   // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
12065   for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U;) {
12066     SCEVUnknown *Tmp = U;
12067     U = U->Next;
12068     Tmp->~SCEVUnknown();
12069   }
12070   FirstUnknown = nullptr;
12071 
12072   ExprValueMap.clear();
12073   ValueExprMap.clear();
12074   HasRecMap.clear();
12075 
12076   // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event
12077   // that a loop had multiple computable exits.
12078   for (auto &BTCI : BackedgeTakenCounts)
12079     BTCI.second.clear();
12080   for (auto &BTCI : PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)
12081     BTCI.second.clear();
12082 
12083   assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
12084   assert(PendingPhiRanges.empty() && "getRangeRef garbage");
12085   assert(PendingMerges.empty() && "isImpliedViaMerge garbage");
12086   assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds && "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!");
12087   assert(!ProvingSplitPredicate && "ProvingSplitPredicate garbage!");
12088 }
12089 
12090 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
12091   return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
12092 }
12093 
12094 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
12095                           const Loop *L) {
12096   // Print all inner loops first
12097   for (Loop *I : *L)
12098     PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, I);
12099 
12100   OS << "Loop ";
12101   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
12102   OS << ": ";
12103 
12104   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
12105   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
12106   if (ExitingBlocks.size() != 1)
12107     OS << "<multiple exits> ";
12108 
12109   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L))
12110     OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L) << "\n";
12111   else
12112     OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count.\n";
12113 
12114   if (ExitingBlocks.size() > 1)
12115     for (BasicBlock *ExitingBlock : ExitingBlocks) {
12116       OS << "  exit count for " << ExitingBlock->getName() << ": "
12117          << *SE->getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock) << "\n";
12118     }
12119 
12120   OS << "Loop ";
12121   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
12122   OS << ": ";
12123 
12124   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) {
12125     OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
12126     if (SE->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L))
12127       OS << ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
12128   } else {
12129     OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. ";
12130   }
12131 
12132   OS << "\n"
12133         "Loop ";
12134   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
12135   OS << ": ";
12136 
12137   SCEVUnionPredicate Pred;
12138   auto PBT = SE->getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(L, Pred);
12139   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(PBT)) {
12140     OS << "Predicated backedge-taken count is " << *PBT << "\n";
12141     OS << " Predicates:\n";
12142     Pred.print(OS, 4);
12143   } else {
12144     OS << "Unpredictable predicated backedge-taken count. ";
12145   }
12146   OS << "\n";
12147 
12148   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
12149     OS << "Loop ";
12150     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
12151     OS << ": ";
12152     OS << "Trip multiple is " << SE->getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L) << "\n";
12153   }
12154 }
12155 
12156 static StringRef loopDispositionToStr(ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition LD) {
12157   switch (LD) {
12158   case ScalarEvolution::LoopVariant:
12159     return "Variant";
12160   case ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant:
12161     return "Invariant";
12162   case ScalarEvolution::LoopComputable:
12163     return "Computable";
12164   }
12165   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition kind!");
12166 }
12167 
12168 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
12169   // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
12170   // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
12171   // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
12172   // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
12173   // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
12174   // const isn't dangerous.
12175   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
12176 
12177   if (ClassifyExpressions) {
12178     OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
12179     F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
12180     OS << "\n";
12181     for (Instruction &I : instructions(F))
12182       if (isSCEVable(I.getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(I)) {
12183         OS << I << '\n';
12184         OS << "  -->  ";
12185         const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&I);
12186         SV->print(OS);
12187         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SV)) {
12188           OS << " U: ";
12189           SE.getUnsignedRange(SV).print(OS);
12190           OS << " S: ";
12191           SE.getSignedRange(SV).print(OS);
12192         }
12193 
12194         const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(I.getParent());
12195 
12196         const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
12197         if (AtUse != SV) {
12198           OS << "  -->  ";
12199           AtUse->print(OS);
12200           if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(AtUse)) {
12201             OS << " U: ";
12202             SE.getUnsignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
12203             OS << " S: ";
12204             SE.getSignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
12205           }
12206         }
12207 
12208         if (L) {
12209           OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
12210           const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
12211           if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) {
12212             OS << "<<Unknown>>";
12213           } else {
12214             OS << *ExitValue;
12215           }
12216 
12217           bool First = true;
12218           for (auto *Iter = L; Iter; Iter = Iter->getParentLoop()) {
12219             if (First) {
12220               OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
12221               First = false;
12222             } else {
12223               OS << ", ";
12224             }
12225 
12226             Iter->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
12227             OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, Iter));
12228           }
12229 
12230           for (auto *InnerL : depth_first(L)) {
12231             if (InnerL == L)
12232               continue;
12233             if (First) {
12234               OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
12235               First = false;
12236             } else {
12237               OS << ", ";
12238             }
12239 
12240             InnerL->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
12241             OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, InnerL));
12242           }
12243 
12244           OS << " }";
12245         }
12246 
12247         OS << "\n";
12248       }
12249   }
12250 
12251   OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
12252   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
12253   OS << "\n";
12254   for (Loop *I : LI)
12255     PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, I);
12256 }
12257 
12258 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
12259 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
12260   auto &Values = LoopDispositions[S];
12261   for (auto &V : Values) {
12262     if (V.getPointer() == L)
12263       return V.getInt();
12264   }
12265   Values.emplace_back(L, LoopVariant);
12266   LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L);
12267   auto &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S];
12268   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
12269     if (V.getPointer() == L) {
12270       V.setInt(D);
12271       break;
12272     }
12273   }
12274   return D;
12275 }
12276 
12277 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
12278 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
12279   switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
12280   case scConstant:
12281     return LoopInvariant;
12282   case scPtrToInt:
12283   case scTruncate:
12284   case scZeroExtend:
12285   case scSignExtend:
12286     return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L);
12287   case scAddRecExpr: {
12288     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
12289 
12290     // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
12291     if (AR->getLoop() == L)
12292       return LoopComputable;
12293 
12294     // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
12295     if (!L)
12296       return LoopVariant;
12297 
12298     // Everything that is not defined at loop entry is variant.
12299     if (DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), AR->getLoop()->getHeader()))
12300       return LoopVariant;
12301     assert(!L->contains(AR->getLoop()) && "Containing loop's header does not"
12302            " dominate the contained loop's header?");
12303 
12304     // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
12305     if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L))
12306       return LoopInvariant;
12307 
12308     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
12309     // are variant.
12310     for (auto *Op : AR->operands())
12311       if (!isLoopInvariant(Op, L))
12312         return LoopVariant;
12313 
12314     // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
12315     return LoopInvariant;
12316   }
12317   case scAddExpr:
12318   case scMulExpr:
12319   case scUMaxExpr:
12320   case scSMaxExpr:
12321   case scUMinExpr:
12322   case scSMinExpr: {
12323     bool HasVarying = false;
12324     for (auto *Op : cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S)->operands()) {
12325       LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(Op, L);
12326       if (D == LoopVariant)
12327         return LoopVariant;
12328       if (D == LoopComputable)
12329         HasVarying = true;
12330     }
12331     return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant;
12332   }
12333   case scUDivExpr: {
12334     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
12335     LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L);
12336     if (LD == LoopVariant)
12337       return LoopVariant;
12338     LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L);
12339     if (RD == LoopVariant)
12340       return LoopVariant;
12341     return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ?
12342            LoopInvariant : LoopComputable;
12343   }
12344   case scUnknown:
12345     // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
12346     // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
12347     // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
12348     // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
12349     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()))
12350       return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant;
12351     return LoopInvariant;
12352   case scCouldNotCompute:
12353     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
12354   }
12355   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
12356 }
12357 
12358 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
12359   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant;
12360 }
12361 
12362 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
12363   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable;
12364 }
12365 
12366 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
12367 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
12368   auto &Values = BlockDispositions[S];
12369   for (auto &V : Values) {
12370     if (V.getPointer() == BB)
12371       return V.getInt();
12372   }
12373   Values.emplace_back(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock);
12374   BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB);
12375   auto &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S];
12376   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
12377     if (V.getPointer() == BB) {
12378       V.setInt(D);
12379       break;
12380     }
12381   }
12382   return D;
12383 }
12384 
12385 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
12386 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
12387   switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
12388   case scConstant:
12389     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
12390   case scPtrToInt:
12391   case scTruncate:
12392   case scZeroExtend:
12393   case scSignExtend:
12394     return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB);
12395   case scAddRecExpr: {
12396     // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
12397     // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
12398     // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
12399     // dominates its entire containing block.
12400     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
12401     if (!DT.dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB))
12402       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
12403 
12404     // Fall through into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
12405     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
12406   }
12407   case scAddExpr:
12408   case scMulExpr:
12409   case scUMaxExpr:
12410   case scSMaxExpr:
12411   case scUMinExpr:
12412   case scSMinExpr: {
12413     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
12414     bool Proper = true;
12415     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
12416       BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(NAryOp, BB);
12417       if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock)
12418         return DoesNotDominateBlock;
12419       if (D == DominatesBlock)
12420         Proper = false;
12421     }
12422     return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
12423   }
12424   case scUDivExpr: {
12425     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
12426     const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS();
12427     BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB);
12428     if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
12429       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
12430     BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB);
12431     if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
12432       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
12433     return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ?
12434       ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
12435   }
12436   case scUnknown:
12437     if (Instruction *I =
12438           dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) {
12439       if (I->getParent() == BB)
12440         return DominatesBlock;
12441       if (DT.properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB))
12442         return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
12443       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
12444     }
12445     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
12446   case scCouldNotCompute:
12447     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
12448   }
12449   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
12450 }
12451 
12452 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
12453   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock;
12454 }
12455 
12456 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
12457   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock;
12458 }
12459 
12460 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const {
12461   return SCEVExprContains(S, [&](const SCEV *Expr) { return Expr == Op; });
12462 }
12463 
12464 bool ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::hasOperand(const SCEV *S) const {
12465   auto IsS = [&](const SCEV *X) { return S == X; };
12466   auto ContainsS = [&](const SCEV *X) {
12467     return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(X) && SCEVExprContains(X, IsS);
12468   };
12469   return ContainsS(ExactNotTaken) || ContainsS(MaxNotTaken);
12470 }
12471 
12472 void
12473 ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) {
12474   ValuesAtScopes.erase(S);
12475   LoopDispositions.erase(S);
12476   BlockDispositions.erase(S);
12477   UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
12478   SignedRanges.erase(S);
12479   ExprValueMap.erase(S);
12480   HasRecMap.erase(S);
12481   MinTrailingZerosCache.erase(S);
12482 
12483   for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
12484        I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
12485     std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
12486     if (Entry.first == S)
12487       PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
12488     else
12489       ++I;
12490   }
12491 
12492   auto RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap =
12493       [S, this](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map) {
12494         for (auto I = Map.begin(), E = Map.end(); I != E;) {
12495           BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second;
12496           if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) {
12497             BEInfo.clear();
12498             Map.erase(I++);
12499           } else
12500             ++I;
12501         }
12502       };
12503 
12504   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts);
12505   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts);
12506 }
12507 
12508 void
12509 ScalarEvolution::getUsedLoops(const SCEV *S,
12510                               SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed) {
12511   struct FindUsedLoops {
12512     FindUsedLoops(SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed)
12513         : LoopsUsed(LoopsUsed) {}
12514     SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed;
12515     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
12516       if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
12517         LoopsUsed.insert(AR->getLoop());
12518       return true;
12519     }
12520 
12521     bool isDone() const { return false; }
12522   };
12523 
12524   FindUsedLoops F(LoopsUsed);
12525   SCEVTraversal<FindUsedLoops>(F).visitAll(S);
12526 }
12527 
12528 void ScalarEvolution::addToLoopUseLists(const SCEV *S) {
12529   SmallPtrSet<const Loop *, 8> LoopsUsed;
12530   getUsedLoops(S, LoopsUsed);
12531   for (auto *L : LoopsUsed)
12532     LoopUsers[L].push_back(S);
12533 }
12534 
12535 void ScalarEvolution::verify() const {
12536   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
12537   ScalarEvolution SE2(F, TLI, AC, DT, LI);
12538 
12539   SmallVector<Loop *, 8> LoopStack(LI.begin(), LI.end());
12540 
12541   // Map's SCEV expressions from one ScalarEvolution "universe" to another.
12542   struct SCEVMapper : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper> {
12543     SCEVMapper(ScalarEvolution &SE) : SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper>(SE) {}
12544 
12545     const SCEV *visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) {
12546       return SE.getConstant(Constant->getAPInt());
12547     }
12548 
12549     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
12550       return SE.getUnknown(Expr->getValue());
12551     }
12552 
12553     const SCEV *visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) {
12554       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
12555     }
12556   };
12557 
12558   SCEVMapper SCM(SE2);
12559 
12560   while (!LoopStack.empty()) {
12561     auto *L = LoopStack.pop_back_val();
12562     LoopStack.insert(LoopStack.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
12563 
12564     auto *CurBECount = SCM.visit(
12565         const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this)->getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
12566     auto *NewBECount = SE2.getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
12567 
12568     if (CurBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute() ||
12569         NewBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute()) {
12570       // NB! This situation is legal, but is very suspicious -- whatever pass
12571       // change the loop to make a trip count go from could not compute to
12572       // computable or vice-versa *should have* invalidated SCEV.  However, we
12573       // choose not to assert here (for now) since we don't want false
12574       // positives.
12575       continue;
12576     }
12577 
12578     if (containsUndefs(CurBECount) || containsUndefs(NewBECount)) {
12579       // SCEV treats "undef" as an unknown but consistent value (i.e. it does
12580       // not propagate undef aggressively).  This means we can (and do) fail
12581       // verification in cases where a transform makes the trip count of a loop
12582       // go from "undef" to "undef+1" (say).  The transform is fine, since in
12583       // both cases the loop iterates "undef" times, but SCEV thinks we
12584       // increased the trip count of the loop by 1 incorrectly.
12585       continue;
12586     }
12587 
12588     if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) >
12589         SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
12590       NewBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(NewBECount, CurBECount->getType());
12591     else if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) <
12592              SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
12593       CurBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(CurBECount, NewBECount->getType());
12594 
12595     const SCEV *Delta = SE2.getMinusSCEV(CurBECount, NewBECount);
12596 
12597     // Unless VerifySCEVStrict is set, we only compare constant deltas.
12598     if ((VerifySCEVStrict || isa<SCEVConstant>(Delta)) && !Delta->isZero()) {
12599       dbgs() << "Trip Count for " << *L << " Changed!\n";
12600       dbgs() << "Old: " << *CurBECount << "\n";
12601       dbgs() << "New: " << *NewBECount << "\n";
12602       dbgs() << "Delta: " << *Delta << "\n";
12603       std::abort();
12604     }
12605   }
12606 
12607   // Collect all valid loops currently in LoopInfo.
12608   SmallPtrSet<Loop *, 32> ValidLoops;
12609   SmallVector<Loop *, 32> Worklist(LI.begin(), LI.end());
12610   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
12611     Loop *L = Worklist.pop_back_val();
12612     if (ValidLoops.contains(L))
12613       continue;
12614     ValidLoops.insert(L);
12615     Worklist.append(L->begin(), L->end());
12616   }
12617   // Check for SCEV expressions referencing invalid/deleted loops.
12618   for (auto &KV : ValueExprMap) {
12619     auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(KV.second);
12620     if (!AR)
12621       continue;
12622     assert(ValidLoops.contains(AR->getLoop()) &&
12623            "AddRec references invalid loop");
12624   }
12625 }
12626 
12627 bool ScalarEvolution::invalidate(
12628     Function &F, const PreservedAnalyses &PA,
12629     FunctionAnalysisManager::Invalidator &Inv) {
12630   // Invalidate the ScalarEvolution object whenever it isn't preserved or one
12631   // of its dependencies is invalidated.
12632   auto PAC = PA.getChecker<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>();
12633   return !(PAC.preserved() || PAC.preservedSet<AllAnalysesOn<Function>>()) ||
12634          Inv.invalidate<AssumptionAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
12635          Inv.invalidate<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
12636          Inv.invalidate<LoopAnalysis>(F, PA);
12637 }
12638 
12639 AnalysisKey ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::Key;
12640 
12641 ScalarEvolution ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::run(Function &F,
12642                                              FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
12643   return ScalarEvolution(F, AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F),
12644                          AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F),
12645                          AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
12646                          AM.getResult<LoopAnalysis>(F));
12647 }
12648 
12649 PreservedAnalyses
12650 ScalarEvolutionVerifierPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
12651   AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).verify();
12652   return PreservedAnalyses::all();
12653 }
12654 
12655 PreservedAnalyses
12656 ScalarEvolutionPrinterPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
12657   // For compatibility with opt's -analyze feature under legacy pass manager
12658   // which was not ported to NPM. This keeps tests using
12659   // update_analyze_test_checks.py working.
12660   OS << "Printing analysis 'Scalar Evolution Analysis' for function '"
12661      << F.getName() << "':\n";
12662   AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).print(OS);
12663   return PreservedAnalyses::all();
12664 }
12665 
12666 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
12667                       "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
12668 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
12669 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass)
12670 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
12671 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)
12672 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
12673                     "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
12674 
12675 char ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ID = 0;
12676 
12677 ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
12678   initializeScalarEvolutionWrapperPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
12679 }
12680 
12681 bool ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
12682   SE.reset(new ScalarEvolution(
12683       F, getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(F),
12684       getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F),
12685       getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
12686       getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo()));
12687   return false;
12688 }
12689 
12690 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { SE.reset(); }
12691 
12692 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
12693   SE->print(OS);
12694 }
12695 
12696 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::verifyAnalysis() const {
12697   if (!VerifySCEV)
12698     return;
12699 
12700   SE->verify();
12701 }
12702 
12703 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
12704   AU.setPreservesAll();
12705   AU.addRequiredTransitive<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
12706   AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
12707   AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
12708   AU.addRequiredTransitive<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
12709 }
12710 
12711 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getEqualPredicate(const SCEV *LHS,
12712                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
12713   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
12714   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
12715          "Type mismatch between LHS and RHS");
12716   // Unique this node based on the arguments
12717   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Equal);
12718   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
12719   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
12720   void *IP = nullptr;
12721   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
12722     return S;
12723   SCEVEqualPredicate *Eq = new (SCEVAllocator)
12724       SCEVEqualPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), LHS, RHS);
12725   UniquePreds.InsertNode(Eq, IP);
12726   return Eq;
12727 }
12728 
12729 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getWrapPredicate(
12730     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
12731     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
12732   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
12733   // Unique this node based on the arguments
12734   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Wrap);
12735   ID.AddPointer(AR);
12736   ID.AddInteger(AddedFlags);
12737   void *IP = nullptr;
12738   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
12739     return S;
12740   auto *OF = new (SCEVAllocator)
12741       SCEVWrapPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), AR, AddedFlags);
12742   UniquePreds.InsertNode(OF, IP);
12743   return OF;
12744 }
12745 
12746 namespace {
12747 
12748 class SCEVPredicateRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPredicateRewriter> {
12749 public:
12750 
12751   /// Rewrites \p S in the context of a loop L and the SCEV predication
12752   /// infrastructure.
12753   ///
12754   /// If \p Pred is non-null, the SCEV expression is rewritten to respect the
12755   /// equivalences present in \p Pred.
12756   ///
12757   /// If \p NewPreds is non-null, rewrite is free to add further predicates to
12758   /// \p NewPreds such that the result will be an AddRecExpr.
12759   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
12760                              SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
12761                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred) {
12762     SCEVPredicateRewriter Rewriter(L, SE, NewPreds, Pred);
12763     return Rewriter.visit(S);
12764   }
12765 
12766   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
12767     if (Pred) {
12768       auto ExprPreds = Pred->getPredicatesForExpr(Expr);
12769       for (auto *Pred : ExprPreds)
12770         if (const auto *IPred = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(Pred))
12771           if (IPred->getLHS() == Expr)
12772             return IPred->getRHS();
12773     }
12774     return convertToAddRecWithPreds(Expr);
12775   }
12776 
12777   const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) {
12778     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
12779     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
12780     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
12781       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nuw
12782       // flag. Add the nusw flag as an assumption that we could make.
12783       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
12784       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
12785       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW))
12786         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
12787                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
12788                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
12789     }
12790     return SE.getZeroExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
12791   }
12792 
12793   const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) {
12794     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
12795     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
12796     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
12797       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nsw
12798       // flag. Add the nssw flag as an assumption that we could make.
12799       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
12800       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
12801       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW))
12802         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
12803                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
12804                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
12805     }
12806     return SE.getSignExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
12807   }
12808 
12809 private:
12810   explicit SCEVPredicateRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
12811                         SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
12812                         SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred)
12813       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), NewPreds(NewPreds), Pred(Pred), L(L) {}
12814 
12815   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVPredicate *P) {
12816     if (!NewPreds) {
12817       // Check if we've already made this assumption.
12818       return Pred && Pred->implies(P);
12819     }
12820     NewPreds->insert(P);
12821     return true;
12822   }
12823 
12824   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
12825                              SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
12826     auto *A = SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
12827     return addOverflowAssumption(A);
12828   }
12829 
12830   // If \p Expr represents a PHINode, we try to see if it can be represented
12831   // as an AddRec, possibly under a predicate (PHISCEVPred). If it is possible
12832   // to add this predicate as a runtime overflow check, we return the AddRec.
12833   // If \p Expr does not meet these conditions (is not a PHI node, or we
12834   // couldn't create an AddRec for it, or couldn't add the predicate), we just
12835   // return \p Expr.
12836   const SCEV *convertToAddRecWithPreds(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
12837     if (!isa<PHINode>(Expr->getValue()))
12838       return Expr;
12839     Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
12840     PredicatedRewrite = SE.createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(Expr);
12841     if (!PredicatedRewrite)
12842       return Expr;
12843     for (auto *P : PredicatedRewrite->second){
12844       // Wrap predicates from outer loops are not supported.
12845       if (auto *WP = dyn_cast<const SCEVWrapPredicate>(P)) {
12846         auto *AR = cast<const SCEVAddRecExpr>(WP->getExpr());
12847         if (L != AR->getLoop())
12848           return Expr;
12849       }
12850       if (!addOverflowAssumption(P))
12851         return Expr;
12852     }
12853     return PredicatedRewrite->first;
12854   }
12855 
12856   SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds;
12857   SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred;
12858   const Loop *L;
12859 };
12860 
12861 } // end anonymous namespace
12862 
12863 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::rewriteUsingPredicate(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
12864                                                    SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
12865   return SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, nullptr, &Preds);
12866 }
12867 
12868 const SCEVAddRecExpr *ScalarEvolution::convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(
12869     const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
12870     SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
12871   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> TransformPreds;
12872   S = SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, &TransformPreds, nullptr);
12873   auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
12874 
12875   if (!AddRec)
12876     return nullptr;
12877 
12878   // Since the transformation was successful, we can now transfer the SCEV
12879   // predicates.
12880   for (auto *P : TransformPreds)
12881     Preds.insert(P);
12882 
12883   return AddRec;
12884 }
12885 
12886 /// SCEV predicates
12887 SCEVPredicate::SCEVPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
12888                              SCEVPredicateKind Kind)
12889     : FastID(ID), Kind(Kind) {}
12890 
12891 SCEVEqualPredicate::SCEVEqualPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
12892                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS)
12893     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Equal), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS) {
12894   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "LHS and RHS types don't match");
12895   assert(LHS != RHS && "LHS and RHS are the same SCEV");
12896 }
12897 
12898 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
12899   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(N);
12900 
12901   if (!Op)
12902     return false;
12903 
12904   return Op->LHS == LHS && Op->RHS == RHS;
12905 }
12906 
12907 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const { return false; }
12908 
12909 const SCEV *SCEVEqualPredicate::getExpr() const { return LHS; }
12910 
12911 void SCEVEqualPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
12912   OS.indent(Depth) << "Equal predicate: " << *LHS << " == " << *RHS << "\n";
12913 }
12914 
12915 SCEVWrapPredicate::SCEVWrapPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
12916                                      const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
12917                                      IncrementWrapFlags Flags)
12918     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Wrap), AR(AR), Flags(Flags) {}
12919 
12920 const SCEV *SCEVWrapPredicate::getExpr() const { return AR; }
12921 
12922 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
12923   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVWrapPredicate>(N);
12924 
12925   return Op && Op->AR == AR && setFlags(Flags, Op->Flags) == Flags;
12926 }
12927 
12928 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
12929   SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScevFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
12930   IncrementWrapFlags IFlags = Flags;
12931 
12932   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(ScevFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == ScevFlags)
12933     IFlags = clearFlags(IFlags, IncrementNSSW);
12934 
12935   return IFlags == IncrementAnyWrap;
12936 }
12937 
12938 void SCEVWrapPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
12939   OS.indent(Depth) << *getExpr() << " Added Flags: ";
12940   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW & getFlags())
12941     OS << "<nusw>";
12942   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW & getFlags())
12943     OS << "<nssw>";
12944   OS << "\n";
12945 }
12946 
12947 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags
12948 SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
12949                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) {
12950   IncrementWrapFlags ImpliedFlags = IncrementAnyWrap;
12951   SCEV::NoWrapFlags StaticFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
12952 
12953   // We can safely transfer the NSW flag as NSSW.
12954   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == StaticFlags)
12955     ImpliedFlags = IncrementNSSW;
12956 
12957   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW) == StaticFlags) {
12958     // If the increment is positive, the SCEV NUW flag will also imply the
12959     // WrapPredicate NUSW flag.
12960     if (const auto *Step = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
12961       if (Step->getValue()->getValue().isNonNegative())
12962         ImpliedFlags = setFlags(ImpliedFlags, IncrementNUSW);
12963   }
12964 
12965   return ImpliedFlags;
12966 }
12967 
12968 /// Union predicates don't get cached so create a dummy set ID for it.
12969 SCEVUnionPredicate::SCEVUnionPredicate()
12970     : SCEVPredicate(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(nullptr, 0), P_Union) {}
12971 
12972 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
12973   return all_of(Preds,
12974                 [](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->isAlwaysTrue(); });
12975 }
12976 
12977 ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>
12978 SCEVUnionPredicate::getPredicatesForExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
12979   auto I = SCEVToPreds.find(Expr);
12980   if (I == SCEVToPreds.end())
12981     return ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>();
12982   return I->second;
12983 }
12984 
12985 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
12986   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N))
12987     return all_of(Set->Preds,
12988                   [this](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return this->implies(I); });
12989 
12990   auto ScevPredsIt = SCEVToPreds.find(N->getExpr());
12991   if (ScevPredsIt == SCEVToPreds.end())
12992     return false;
12993   auto &SCEVPreds = ScevPredsIt->second;
12994 
12995   return any_of(SCEVPreds,
12996                 [N](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->implies(N); });
12997 }
12998 
12999 const SCEV *SCEVUnionPredicate::getExpr() const { return nullptr; }
13000 
13001 void SCEVUnionPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
13002   for (auto Pred : Preds)
13003     Pred->print(OS, Depth);
13004 }
13005 
13006 void SCEVUnionPredicate::add(const SCEVPredicate *N) {
13007   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N)) {
13008     for (auto Pred : Set->Preds)
13009       add(Pred);
13010     return;
13011   }
13012 
13013   if (implies(N))
13014     return;
13015 
13016   const SCEV *Key = N->getExpr();
13017   assert(Key && "Only SCEVUnionPredicate doesn't have an "
13018                 " associated expression!");
13019 
13020   SCEVToPreds[Key].push_back(N);
13021   Preds.push_back(N);
13022 }
13023 
13024 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &SE,
13025                                                      Loop &L)
13026     : SE(SE), L(L) {}
13027 
13028 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
13029   const SCEV *Expr = SE.getSCEV(V);
13030   RewriteEntry &Entry = RewriteMap[Expr];
13031 
13032   // If we already have an entry and the version matches, return it.
13033   if (Entry.second && Generation == Entry.first)
13034     return Entry.second;
13035 
13036   // We found an entry but it's stale. Rewrite the stale entry
13037   // according to the current predicate.
13038   if (Entry.second)
13039     Expr = Entry.second;
13040 
13041   const SCEV *NewSCEV = SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Expr, &L, Preds);
13042   Entry = {Generation, NewSCEV};
13043 
13044   return NewSCEV;
13045 }
13046 
13047 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount() {
13048   if (!BackedgeCount) {
13049     SCEVUnionPredicate BackedgePred;
13050     BackedgeCount = SE.getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(&L, BackedgePred);
13051     addPredicate(BackedgePred);
13052   }
13053   return BackedgeCount;
13054 }
13055 
13056 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::addPredicate(const SCEVPredicate &Pred) {
13057   if (Preds.implies(&Pred))
13058     return;
13059   Preds.add(&Pred);
13060   updateGeneration();
13061 }
13062 
13063 const SCEVUnionPredicate &PredicatedScalarEvolution::getUnionPredicate() const {
13064   return Preds;
13065 }
13066 
13067 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::updateGeneration() {
13068   // If the generation number wrapped recompute everything.
13069   if (++Generation == 0) {
13070     for (auto &II : RewriteMap) {
13071       const SCEV *Rewritten = II.second.second;
13072       II.second = {Generation, SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Rewritten, &L, Preds)};
13073     }
13074   }
13075 }
13076 
13077 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::setNoOverflow(
13078     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
13079   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
13080   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
13081 
13082   auto ImpliedFlags = SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE);
13083 
13084   // Clear the statically implied flags.
13085   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, ImpliedFlags);
13086   addPredicate(*SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, Flags));
13087 
13088   auto II = FlagsMap.insert({V, Flags});
13089   if (!II.second)
13090     II.first->second = SCEVWrapPredicate::setFlags(Flags, II.first->second);
13091 }
13092 
13093 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::hasNoOverflow(
13094     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
13095   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
13096   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
13097 
13098   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(
13099       Flags, SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE));
13100 
13101   auto II = FlagsMap.find(V);
13102 
13103   if (II != FlagsMap.end())
13104     Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, II->second);
13105 
13106   return Flags == SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementAnyWrap;
13107 }
13108 
13109 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getAsAddRec(Value *V) {
13110   const SCEV *Expr = this->getSCEV(V);
13111   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> NewPreds;
13112   auto *New = SE.convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(Expr, &L, NewPreds);
13113 
13114   if (!New)
13115     return nullptr;
13116 
13117   for (auto *P : NewPreds)
13118     Preds.add(P);
13119 
13120   updateGeneration();
13121   RewriteMap[SE.getSCEV(V)] = {Generation, New};
13122   return New;
13123 }
13124 
13125 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(
13126     const PredicatedScalarEvolution &Init)
13127     : RewriteMap(Init.RewriteMap), SE(Init.SE), L(Init.L), Preds(Init.Preds),
13128       Generation(Init.Generation), BackedgeCount(Init.BackedgeCount) {
13129   for (auto I : Init.FlagsMap)
13130     FlagsMap.insert(I);
13131 }
13132 
13133 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
13134   // For each block.
13135   for (auto *BB : L.getBlocks())
13136     for (auto &I : *BB) {
13137       if (!SE.isSCEVable(I.getType()))
13138         continue;
13139 
13140       auto *Expr = SE.getSCEV(&I);
13141       auto II = RewriteMap.find(Expr);
13142 
13143       if (II == RewriteMap.end())
13144         continue;
13145 
13146       // Don't print things that are not interesting.
13147       if (II->second.second == Expr)
13148         continue;
13149 
13150       OS.indent(Depth) << "[PSE]" << I << ":\n";
13151       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << *Expr << "\n";
13152       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << "--> " << *II->second.second << "\n";
13153     }
13154 }
13155 
13156 // Match the mathematical pattern A - (A / B) * B, where A and B can be
13157 // arbitrary expressions. Also match zext (trunc A to iB) to iY, which is used
13158 // for URem with constant power-of-2 second operands.
13159 // It's not always easy, as A and B can be folded (imagine A is X / 2, and B is
13160 // 4, A / B becomes X / 8).
13161 bool ScalarEvolution::matchURem(const SCEV *Expr, const SCEV *&LHS,
13162                                 const SCEV *&RHS) {
13163   // Try to match 'zext (trunc A to iB) to iY', which is used
13164   // for URem with constant power-of-2 second operands. Make sure the size of
13165   // the operand A matches the size of the whole expressions.
13166   if (const auto *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Expr))
13167     if (const auto *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(ZExt->getOperand(0))) {
13168       LHS = Trunc->getOperand();
13169       if (LHS->getType() != Expr->getType())
13170         LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, Expr->getType());
13171       RHS = getConstant(APInt(getTypeSizeInBits(Expr->getType()), 1)
13172                         << getTypeSizeInBits(Trunc->getType()));
13173       return true;
13174     }
13175   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
13176   if (Add == nullptr || Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
13177     return false;
13178 
13179   const SCEV *A = Add->getOperand(1);
13180   const auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(0));
13181 
13182   if (Mul == nullptr)
13183     return false;
13184 
13185   const auto MatchURemWithDivisor = [&](const SCEV *B) {
13186     // (SomeExpr + (-(SomeExpr / B) * B)).
13187     if (Expr == getURemExpr(A, B)) {
13188       LHS = A;
13189       RHS = B;
13190       return true;
13191     }
13192     return false;
13193   };
13194 
13195   // (SomeExpr + (-1 * (SomeExpr / B) * B)).
13196   if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 3 && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0)))
13197     return MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(1)) ||
13198            MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(2));
13199 
13200   // (SomeExpr + ((-SomeExpr / B) * B)) or (SomeExpr + ((SomeExpr / B) * -B)).
13201   if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2)
13202     return MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(1)) ||
13203            MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(0)) ||
13204            MatchURemWithDivisor(getNegativeSCEV(Mul->getOperand(1))) ||
13205            MatchURemWithDivisor(getNegativeSCEV(Mul->getOperand(0)));
13206   return false;
13207 }
13208 
13209 const SCEV *
13210 ScalarEvolution::computeSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
13211   SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 16> ExitingBlocks;
13212   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
13213 
13214   // Form an expression for the maximum exit count possible for this loop. We
13215   // merge the max and exact information to approximate a version of
13216   // getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount which isn't restricted to just constants.
13217   SmallVector<const SCEV*, 4> ExitCounts;
13218   for (BasicBlock *ExitingBB : ExitingBlocks) {
13219     const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBB);
13220     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExitCount))
13221       ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBB,
13222                                   ScalarEvolution::ConstantMaximum);
13223     if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExitCount)) {
13224       assert(DT.dominates(ExitingBB, L->getLoopLatch()) &&
13225              "We should only have known counts for exiting blocks that "
13226              "dominate latch!");
13227       ExitCounts.push_back(ExitCount);
13228     }
13229   }
13230   if (ExitCounts.empty())
13231     return getCouldNotCompute();
13232   return getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(ExitCounts);
13233 }
13234 
13235 /// This rewriter is similar to SCEVParameterRewriter (it replaces SCEVUnknown
13236 /// components following the Map (Value -> SCEV)), but skips AddRecExpr because
13237 /// we cannot guarantee that the replacement is loop invariant in the loop of
13238 /// the AddRec.
13239 class SCEVLoopGuardRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter> {
13240   ValueToSCEVMapTy &Map;
13241 
13242 public:
13243   SCEVLoopGuardRewriter(ScalarEvolution &SE, ValueToSCEVMapTy &M)
13244       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), Map(M) {}
13245 
13246   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
13247 
13248   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
13249     auto I = Map.find(Expr->getValue());
13250     if (I == Map.end())
13251       return Expr;
13252     return I->second;
13253   }
13254 };
13255 
13256 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::applyLoopGuards(const SCEV *Expr, const Loop *L) {
13257   auto CollectCondition = [&](ICmpInst::Predicate Predicate, const SCEV *LHS,
13258                               const SCEV *RHS, ValueToSCEVMapTy &RewriteMap) {
13259     if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(LHS)) {
13260       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
13261       Predicate = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate);
13262     }
13263 
13264     // For now, limit to conditions that provide information about unknown
13265     // expressions.
13266     auto *LHSUnknown = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
13267     if (!LHSUnknown)
13268       return;
13269 
13270     // TODO: use information from more predicates.
13271     switch (Predicate) {
13272     case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {
13273       if (!containsAddRecurrence(RHS)) {
13274         const SCEV *Base = LHS;
13275         auto I = RewriteMap.find(LHSUnknown->getValue());
13276         if (I != RewriteMap.end())
13277           Base = I->second;
13278 
13279         RewriteMap[LHSUnknown->getValue()] =
13280             getUMinExpr(Base, getMinusSCEV(RHS, getOne(RHS->getType())));
13281       }
13282       break;
13283     }
13284     case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: {
13285       if (!containsAddRecurrence(RHS)) {
13286         const SCEV *Base = LHS;
13287         auto I = RewriteMap.find(LHSUnknown->getValue());
13288         if (I != RewriteMap.end())
13289           Base = I->second;
13290         RewriteMap[LHSUnknown->getValue()] = getUMinExpr(Base, RHS);
13291       }
13292       break;
13293     }
13294     case CmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
13295       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
13296         RewriteMap[LHSUnknown->getValue()] = RHS;
13297       break;
13298     case CmpInst::ICMP_NE:
13299       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) &&
13300           cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getValue()->isNullValue())
13301         RewriteMap[LHSUnknown->getValue()] =
13302             getUMaxExpr(LHS, getOne(RHS->getType()));
13303       break;
13304     default:
13305       break;
13306     }
13307   };
13308   // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
13309   // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
13310   // leading to the original header.
13311   // TODO: share this logic with isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
13312   ValueToSCEVMapTy RewriteMap;
13313   for (std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *> Pair(
13314            L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
13315        Pair.first; Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
13316 
13317     const BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
13318         dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
13319     if (!LoopEntryPredicate || LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
13320       continue;
13321 
13322     // TODO: use information from more complex conditions, e.g. AND expressions.
13323     auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition());
13324     if (!Cmp)
13325       continue;
13326 
13327     auto Predicate = Cmp->getPredicate();
13328     if (LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(1) == Pair.second)
13329       Predicate = CmpInst::getInversePredicate(Predicate);
13330     CollectCondition(Predicate, getSCEV(Cmp->getOperand(0)),
13331                      getSCEV(Cmp->getOperand(1)), RewriteMap);
13332   }
13333 
13334   // Also collect information from assumptions dominating the loop.
13335   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
13336     if (!AssumeVH)
13337       continue;
13338     auto *AssumeI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
13339     auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(AssumeI->getOperand(0));
13340     if (!Cmp || !DT.dominates(AssumeI, L->getHeader()))
13341       continue;
13342     CollectCondition(Cmp->getPredicate(), getSCEV(Cmp->getOperand(0)),
13343                      getSCEV(Cmp->getOperand(1)), RewriteMap);
13344   }
13345 
13346   if (RewriteMap.empty())
13347     return Expr;
13348   SCEVLoopGuardRewriter Rewriter(*this, RewriteMap);
13349   return Rewriter.visit(Expr);
13350 }
13351